TRISHULI JAL VIDHYUT COMPANY LIMITED
UPPER TRISHULI 3B HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT (42 MW)
Powerhouse Site Volume II Detail Project Report
Prepared by: Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Sohrakhutte, Kathmandu Ph : 4363681, Fax No. 4363681, P.O Box 6464 Date: October 2013
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Content of Reports, Drawings and Appendix
Volume 1: Executive Summary Volume 2: Detail Project Report Volume 3: Drawings ( Detail Project Report) Volume 4: Drawing of Structural Design Appendix A: Topographic Survey and Cadastral Mapping Appendix B: Hydrology Appendix C: Geological Study Appendix D: Hydraulic Design Appendix E: Rate Analysis Appendix F: Cost Estimate Appendix G: Structure Design Report
Engineering Study and Design Team: S.N Name and Designation Signature 1 Er. Damodar Bhakta Shrestha (CEO) 2 Er. Bishow Kumar Shrestha (Structural Engineer) 3 Er. Sunil Basnet (Hydropower Engineer) 4 Er. Deepak Pandey (Contract Engineer) 5 Er. Rajesh Sharma (Civil Engineer) 6 Er. Kalyan Khanal (Civil Engineer)
Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table of Content
Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Study Background ...... 1-1 1.2 Previous Studies ...... 1-2 1.3 Objectives and Scope of Work ...... 1-2 1.4 Field Investigation Works ...... 1-3 1.4.1 Topographical Survey and Mapping ...... 1-3 1.4.2 Geological and Geotechnical Investigation ...... 1-3 1.4.3 Project supports facilities ...... 1-4 1.5 Design Work ...... 1-4 Chapter 2 Description of Project Area 2.1 Location ...... 2-1 2.2 Physical Features ...... 2-2 2.3 Accessibility ...... 2-3 Chapter 3 Field Investigation and Data Collection 3.1 Topographic Survey and Mapping ...... 3-1 3.1.1 Previous Study ...... 3-1 3.1.2 Additional Topographic Mapping and Survey, Fiscal Year-2013 ...... 3-1 3.1.3 Scope of works ...... 3-1 3.1.4 Monumentation of Ground Control Points and Benchmarks ...... 3-3 3.1.5 Detail Topographical Survey ...... 3-4 3.1.6 Cross- Section Survey ...... 3-4 3.1.8 Location of Bore Holes, Test Pits and Resistivity Line ...... 3-6 3.2 Hydrological Investigations ...... 3-7 3.2.1 Collection of Available Meteorological and Hydrological Data ...... 3-7 3.2.2 Establishment of Gauging Station ...... 3-7 3.2.3 Water Level Recording and Flow Measurement ...... 3-7 3.3 Geological and Geotechnical Investigations...... 3-7 3.3.1 Previous Study ...... 3-8
i Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
3.3.5 Field Investigation ...... 3-9 3.3.5.1 Core Drilling ...... 3-9 3.3.5.2 Geological Mapping ...... 3-10 3.3.5.3 Seismic Refraction Survey ...... 3-10 3.3.5.4 Construction Material Survey ...... 3-12 3.3.2 Additional geological geotechnical investigation, Fiscal Year-2013 ...... 3-13 Chapter 4 Hydrology and Sediment Study 4.1 Introduction ...... 4-1 4.2 Basin Characteristic ...... 4-2 4.3 Review of Catchment Area ...... 4-3 4.4 Climate Study ...... 4-3 4.5 Available Hydrological Data ...... 4-4 4.5.1 Installation of Hydrometric Station ...... 4-4 4.5.2 Hydrometric Stations ...... 4-5 4.5.3 Discharge Measurement by DHM and NEA ...... 4-5 4.6 Rating Curves ...... 4-7 4.7 Reference Hydrology ...... 4-7 4.7.1 Mean Monthly Flow ...... 4-7 4.7.2 Long Term Trends in Flows ...... 4-9 4.7.3 Correlation between Flows on Trishuli River at Upper Trisuli 3A dam site and Betrawati Gauge station 447 ...... 4-9 4.7.4 Flow Duration Curve ...... 4-10 4.7.5 Downstream Release Flow ...... 4-10 4.8 Flood Estimates ...... 4-10 4.8.1 Introduction ...... 4-10 4.8.2 Flood Estimation by Regional Analysis ...... 4-11 4.8.3 Flood Frequency Analysis ...... 4-13 4.8.4 Flood levels ...... 4-15 4.8.5 Construction Flood ...... 4-15 4.9 Glacier Lake Outburst Floods (GLOF) ...... 4-15 4.9.1 General ...... 4-15 4.9.2 Historical Record of GLOF ...... 4-16 4.9.3 GLOF Hazard ...... 4-24
ii Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
4.9.4 Peak Flows from GLOFs ...... 4-24 4.9.5 Peak Flow Attenuation with Distance ...... 4-25 4.9.6 Longda Glacier Lakes (threat to dam site and powerhouse site) ...... 4-26 4.10 Sediment Study ...... 4-26 4.10.1 Sediment Data ...... 4-26 4.10.2 Methods of Estimating the Sediment Flow from the River ...... 4-26 4.10.3 Regional Analysis ...... 4-26 4.10.4 Estimate based on the Measured Data ...... 4-28 4.11 Conclusion ...... 4-33 4.12 Recommendation ...... 4-33 Chapter 5 Geological and Geotechnical Studies 5.1 General ...... 5-1 5.2 Geology of Project Area ...... 5-1 5.2.1 Intake portal ...... 5-1 5.2.2 Headrace Tunnel ...... 5-2 5.2.3 Adit Portal Area ...... 5-4 5.2.4 Surge Tank (Option I) ...... 5-4 5.2.5 Powerhouse Site (Option I) ...... 5-5 5.2.6 Drop shaft/ Pressure tunnel Alignment ...... 5-6 5.2.7 Tailrace box Duct ...... 5-6 5.2.8 Conclusion and Recommendation ...... 5-7 5.3 Seismicity ...... 5-8 5.3.1 General ...... 5-8 5.3.2 Main Central Thrust (MCT) ...... 5-8 5.3.3 Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) ...... 5-8 5.3.4 Himalayan Frontal Fault (HFF) ...... 5-9 5.3.5 Seismicity Evaluation ...... 5-9 5.4 Core Drilling ...... 5-15 5.4.1 Core Drilling during feasibility study, July 2007 ...... 5-15 5.4.2 Drilling Works Result and Analysis ...... 5-15 5.4.3 Core Drilling during Detail Design, June 2013 ...... 5-17 5.4.4 Drilling Works Result and Analyses ...... 5-17 5.5 Construction Material Survey ...... 5-20
iii Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.5.1 Introduction ...... 5-20 5.5.2 Field Exploration ...... 5-20 5.5.3 Laboratory Test and Analysis ...... 5-21 5.5.4 Granular Borrow area ...... 5-21 5.5.5 Quarry Site ...... 5-22 5.5.6 Laboratory Test on Core Samples ...... 5-23 5.5.7 Reserve Estimation of the Borrow Areas and Quarry areas ...... 5-23 5.5.8 Test summary ...... 5-23 5.6 Geotechnical Design: rock support design of underground structure ...... 5-28 5.6.1 Methods ...... 5-28 5.6.1.1 Empirical Method ...... 5-28 5.6.1.2 Analytical Method ...... 5-28 5.6.2 Analysis for support design ...... 5-29 5.6.3 Design Criteria ...... 5-30 5.6.3.1 Analysis using Rock Cover ...... 5-30 5.6.3.2 Analysis using In Situ Stresses ...... 5-30 5.6.3.3 Analysis using Elastic and Plastic Behavior ...... 5-31 5.6.4 Failure Criteria ...... 5-33 5.6.5 Estimation of In-Situ Deformation Modulus ...... 5-35 5.6.6 Rock Mass Classification ...... 5-36 5.6.8 Empirical Design According to NGI Method ...... 5-37 5.6.9 Empirical Design Recommendation According to U.S Corps of Engineers ...... 5-41 5.6.10 Underground Wedge Stability Analysis ...... 5-43 5.6.10.1 Methodology ...... 5-43 5.6.10.2 Results of Analysis ...... 5-43 5.6.11 Finite Element Method ...... 5-46 5.6.11.1 Available Data ...... 5-46 5.6.11.2 Result of Analysis ...... 5-47 5.6.12 Slope Stability ...... 5-49 5.6.13 Conclusions and Recommendations ...... 5-50 5.6.14 Conclusions and Recommendations ...... 5-54 Chapter 6 Layout Optimization 6.1 Introduction ...... 6-1
iv Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
6.2 Study of Possible Alternative Layouts for the Project ...... 6-2 6.2.1 Alternative-I ...... 6-3 6.2.2 Alternative-II ...... 6-4 6.2.3 Alternative-III ...... 6-5 6.3 P r e s e n t a t i o n of Recommended Layout ...... 6-6 Chapter 7 Project Design and Description 7.1 General ...... 7-1 7.2 Design Basis ...... 7-1 7.3 Description of Project Components ...... 7-2 7.3.1 Project Access ...... 7-2 7.3.2 River Diversion ...... 7-3 7.3.3 Headpond/Intake Portal ...... 7-3 7.3.4 Headrace Pipe ...... 7-5 7.3.5 Headrace Tunnel ...... 7-6 7.3.6 Surge Shaft/Tank ...... 7-8 7.3.7 Pressure Tunnel after Surge Tank ...... 7-9 7.3.8 Drop Shaft and Horizontal Pressure Tunnel ...... 7-10 7.3.9 Manifolds ...... 7-11 7.3.10 Powerhouse ...... 7-11 7.3.11 Draft Tube ...... 7-15 7.3.12 Tailrace Conduit ...... 7-15 7.3.13 Tailrace Outlet Pond ...... 7-16 7.3.14 Adit Tunnels...... 7-17 7.4 Generating Equipment ...... 7-17 7.4.1 Mechanical Equipment ...... 7-17 7.4.1.1 Initial Data ...... 7-17 7.4.1.2 Turbine Selection ...... 7-18 7.4.1.3 Unit Capacity ...... 7-18 7.4.1.4 Turbine Speed ...... 7-18 7.4.1.5 Powerhouse Dimensions and Unit Parameters ...... 7-18 7.4.1.6 Turbine ...... 7-19 7.4.1.7 Governor ...... 7-19 7.4.1.8 Inlet Valve ...... 7-20
v Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.1.9 High Pressure Oil System ...... 7-20 7.4.1.10 Lubricating Oil System ...... 7-21 7.4.1.11 Cooling Water System ...... 7-21 7.4.1.12 Drainage and Dewatering System ...... 7-21 7.4.1.13 Compressed Air System ...... 7-22 7.4.1.14 Unit Breaking System ...... 7-22 7.4.1.15 Automatic Grease Lubrication System ...... 7-23 7.4.1.16 Oil Handling System ...... 7-23 7.4.1.17 Air Conditioning and Ventilation System ...... 7-23 7.4.1.18 Fire Detection and Fire Fighting System...... 7-24 7.4.1.19 Overhead Traveling Crane ...... 7-24 7.4.1.20 Diesel Engine Generating Set ...... 7-24 7.4.1.21 Mechanical Workshop ...... 7-25 7.4.2 Powerhouse Electrical Equipment ...... 7-25 7.4.2.1 Generator ...... 7-25 7.4.2.2 Excitation System ...... 7-26 7.4.2.3 Main Power Transformer ...... 7-26 7.4.2.4 Station Service Transformer ...... 7-26 7.4.2.5 Medium Voltage Switchgear ...... 7-26 7.4.2.6 High Voltage Switchgear ...... 7-26 7.4.2.7 Disconnecting Switch ...... 7-27 7.4.2.8 Control System ...... 7-27 7.4.2.9 Protection System ...... 7-28 7.4.2.10 Switchyard ...... 7-28 7.4.2.11 Communication System ...... 7-29 7.4.2.12 Battery and Battery Charger ...... 7-29 7.4.2.13 Grounding System ...... 7-29 7.5 Transmission Line ...... 7-30 Chapter 8 Power and Energy Generation 8.1 Background ...... 8-1 8.2 Dependable Flow ...... 8-1 8.3 Gross Head & Net Head ...... 8-2 8.4 Overall Efficiency ...... 8-3
vi Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
8.5 E n e r g y Computation ...... 8-3 Chapter 9 Construction Planning and Schedule 9.1 General ...... 9-1 9.2 Objective & Scope of work ...... 9-1 9.3 Site Condition ...... 9-2 9.3.1 Topography and Land Use ...... 9-2 9.3.2 Climatic Conditions ...... 9-2 9.3.3 Telecommunication Facilities ...... 9-2 9.4 Access to the Site ...... 9-2 9.5 Basic Assumptions ...... 9-3 9.6 Concreting Facilities ...... 9-4 9.7 Project Construction Work and Construction Planning ...... 9-4 9.7.1 Construction Power, Camp and project road ...... 9-5 9.7.2 Headrace pipe ...... 9-6 9.7.3 Surface head pond (intake of UT3B HEP) ...... 9-6 9.7.4 Headrace Tunnel ...... 9-7 9.7.5 Adit Tunnels ...... 9-8 9.7.6 Underground Surge tank/Shaft ...... 9-8 9.7.7 Valve Chamber and Access to Valve Chamber ...... 9-9 9.7.8 Pressure tunnel after Surge tank ...... 9-9 9.7.9 Drop Shaft ...... 9-9 9.7.10 Pressure Tunnel after Drop Shaft ...... 9-9 9.7.11 Powerhouse ...... 9-10 9.7.12 Tailrace conduit and Outlet Structure ...... 9-11 9.7.13 Electro-Mechanical Equipment ...... 9-11 9.7.14 Switchyard, ancillary Buildings and transmission line ...... 9-11 9.7.15 Testing and Commissioning ...... 9-11 9.10 Construction Planning and Scheduling ...... 9-13 9.11 Key Dates ...... 9-14 Chapter 10 Environmental Impact Assessment 10.1 Introduction ...... 10-1 10.2 Project Description ...... 10-1
vii Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
10.3 Study Methodology ...... 10-2 10.4 Existing Environment Conditions ...... 10-2 10.4.1 Physical Environment ...... 10-2 10.4.2 Biological Environment ...... 10-3 10.4.3 Socio-economic and Culture Environment ...... 10-4 10.5 Impact Assessment ...... 10-6 10.5.1 Physical Environment ...... 10-6 10.5.2 Biological Environment ...... 10-7 10.5.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ...... 10-7 10.6 Alternatives Study ...... 10-8 10.7 Mitigation Measures ...... 10-9 10.7.1 Physical Environment ...... 10-9 10.7.2 Biological Environment ...... 10-9 10.7.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ...... 10-10 10.8 Environmental Management Plan ...... 10-11 10.10 Review of Plans/policies, acts, rules/regulation, guidelines, conventions strategies and standards ...... 10-12 10.11 Conclusion ...... 10-12 Chapter 11 Cost Estimate 11.1 General ...... 11-1 11.2 Criteria, Assumptions and Cost Components ...... 11-1 11.3 Estimating methodology ...... 11-1 11.4 Civil Works ...... 11-2 11.5 Electro-Mechanical Equipment ...... 11-3 11.6 Hydro-mechanical equipment ...... 11-3 11.7 Resettlement, Land acquisition, and Environmental provisions ...... 11-3 11.8 Contingencies ...... 11-3 11.9 Pre operating and management cost ...... 11-4 11.10 Project Cost ...... 11-4 Chapter 12 Project Evaluation 12.1 General ...... 12-1 12.2 Methodology ...... 12-2
viii Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
12.2.1 Estimation of Project Costs ...... 12-2 12.2.2 Estimation of Project Benefits ...... 12-2 12.2.3 Construction Period ...... 12-3 12.2.4 Calculation of Net Benefits ...... 12-4 12.3 Assumptions ...... 12-5 12.3.1 Discount Rate ...... 12-5 12.3.2 Cost Datum ...... 12-5 12.3.3 Planning Horizon ...... 12-6 12.3.4 Operation and Maintenance Cost ...... 12-6 12.3.5 Price Escalation ...... 12-6 12.3.6 Taxes, Duties and VAT ...... 12-6 12.3.7 Royalties ...... 12-6 12.3.8 Debt Equity ...... 12-7 12.3.9 Interest Rate ...... 12-7 12.3.10 Loan Repayment Period ...... 12-7 12.3.11 Other Charges ...... 12-7 12.4 Economic Evaluation Result ...... 12-8 12.5 Financial Evaluation ...... 12-11 Chapter 13 Conclusions and Recommendations ...... 13-1
List of the Table
Table 3.1: Co-ordinates and Elevation of Existing Control Points ...... 3-3 Table 3.2: List of Co-ordinates and Elevations of Permanent Benchmarks ...... 3-3 Table 3.3: List of borehole locations (core drilling works-August 2013) ...... 3-6 Table 3.4 : General Description of Drill Holes (Coordinates based on old survey reports)...... 3-10 Table 3.5: Brief Description of Seismic Refraction Survey ...... 3-11 Table 3.6: A Brief Description of Test Pits ...... 3-13 Table 4.1: Average precipitation of the stations located near the project area ...... 4-4 Table 4.2: Rainfall records available from China ...... 4-4 Table 4.3: Discharge Measurements at Pairobesi Bridge ...... 4-5 Table 4.4: Hydrometric stations located in the Trishuli River Basin ...... 4-5 Table 4.5: Discharge measurement in Trishuli river at Gauge Station 447, Betrawati ...... 4-6 ix Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 4.6: Discharge measurement in the tributaries of Trishuli River near project area ...... 4-6 Table 4.7: Monthly mean flows (m3/s) for 1967-2005 on Upper Trishuli 3A Dam site ...... 4-8 Table 4.8: Flow duration curve at dam site...... 4-10 Table 4.9: Floods and Regression Coefficient (Regional Analysis) ...... 4-13 Table 4.10: Instantaneous peak for the Flood Frequency Analysis ...... 4-13 Table 4.11: Frequency Analysis by Theoretical Distribution ...... 4-14 Table 4.12: Flood water level at different project components ...... 4-15 Table 4.13: Historical GLOF events in Nepal and China (Tibet) ...... 4-18 Table 4.14: Summary of Sediment Concentration Data, Station 447 ...... 4-29 Table 4.15: Comparison of Sediment Concentration 1977-1979 ...... 4-30 Table 4.16: Recommended Monthly Sediment Concentration ...... 4-31 Table 4.17: Particle Size Distribution of Bucket Sampling ...... 4-32 Table 5.1: General Description of Boreholes ...... 5-15 Table No. 5.2: Summary of borehole location, depth, direction and bedrock depth...... 5-17 Table 5.4: Summary of Pits and Sample Description ...... 5-21 Table 5.5: Reserve Estimation of Borrow Area ...... 5-23 Table 5.6: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Granular Material ...... 5-24 Table 5.7: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Quarry Material ...... 5-25 Table 5.8: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Core Samples ...... 5-25 Table 5.9: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Core Samples ...... 5-26 Table 5.10: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Core Samples ...... 5-26 Table 5.11: Point Load Test Results ...... 5-27 Table 5.12: Damage Index ...... 5-32
Table 5.13: Values of constant mi for Intact Rock by rock group ...... 5-34 Table 5.14: Estimation of In-Situ Modulus of Deformability ...... 5-35 Table 5.15: Rock Mass Strength Parameters ...... 5-36 Table 5.16: Rock Mass Classification using Rock Mass Rating (RMR) system (Bieniawski, 1989)..5-36 Table 5.17: Rock Mass Classification from Rock Tunneling Quality Index, Q (Stillborg, 1994) .....5-37 Table 5.18: Typical Design Recommendations after U.S. Corps of Engineers (1980) and Douglas and Arthur (1983) ...... 5-41 Table 5.19: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N256°) ...... 5-44 Table 5.20: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N194°) ...... 5-44 Table 5.21: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N176°) ...... 5-44 Table 5.22: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N140°) ...... 5-45
x Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.24: Summary of Analysis for Horizontal Pressure Tunnel (N140°) ...... 5-45 Table 5.25: Basic Design Parameters for Elasto - Plastic Analysis ...... 5-48 Table 5.26: Summary of the result of analysis ...... 5-49 Table 5.26: Rock Support Pattern for Upper Trishuli-3B Hydroelectric Project ...... 5-51 Table 5.27: Chainage wise Support Class Headrace Tunnel ...... 5-52 Table 5.28: Geological & Geotechnical Evaluation of Option I & Option II Powerhouse Site .....5-53 Table 6-1: Flow Data Used for the Alternative Studies ...... 6-3 Table 6.2: summary of Cost Comparison of Different Layouts ...... 6-6 Table 3: Details of Cost Comparison of different layouts ...... 6-7 Table 7.1: Bend Characteristics of Headrace Pressure Pipe ...... 7-6 Table 7.2: Lengths of different rock class in headrace tunnel ...... 7-7 Table 7.3: Description of Headrace Tunnel before surge tank ...... 7-7 Table 7.4: Details of Horizontal bends for both alternatives ...... 7-8 Table 7.5: Description of designed surge tank ...... 7-8 Table 7.6: Description of water conveyance after surge tank ...... -10 Table 7.7: Details of Pressure Shaft Bends (Vertical Shaft Option) ...... 7-10 Table 7.8: Design parameters for sizing of Powerhouse ...... 7-12 Table 7.9: Design parameters for Draft tube ...... 7-15 Table 7.10: Design parameters for tailrace Outlet Pond ...... 7-16 Table 8.1: Average Head Loss for Design Discharge ...... 8-2 Table 8.2: Monthly Energy Generation from Upper Trishuli 3B HEP ...... 8-4 Table 9.1: Estimate of construction power ...... 9-5 Table11.1: summary of cost estimate ...... 11-6 Table 12.1: Result of Economic Analysis ...... 12-8 Table 12.2: Result of Sensitivity analysis ...... 12-8 Table 12.3: Economic Analysis Detail Table ...... 12-9 Table12.4: Financial Analysis Data and Result ...... 12-12
List of the Figure
Figure 2.1: Physiographic location of the project ...... 2-1 Figure 2.2: Location of the Project ...... 2-2 Figure 5.1: Seismic Risk Map of Nepal ...... 5-11 Figure 5.2: Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal ...... 5-12
xi Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Figure 5.3: Seismic Risk Map of India ...... 5-14 Figure 5.4: Estimated Support Categories based on the tunneling quality Index Q (After Grimstad & Barton, 1993) ...... 5-38 Figure 12-2: Interest Rate vs FIRR ...... 12-12
xii Trishuli Jal Vidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Study Background
Nepal is entering a phase of rapid economic development and a major part of this development is based on the tapping of its immense water resources potential. The total hydroelectric potential of the country has been estimated at 83,000 MW of which approximately 42000 MW is considered to be economically feasible potential. A number of Hydroelectric schemes like Modi (14 MW) HEP, Puwa(6.2 MW) HEP, Khimti (60 MW) HEP, Bhote Koshi (36 MW) HEP, Kaligandaki – A (144 MW) HEP, Chilime (22 MW) HEP, Middel Marsyangdi (70 MW) HEP have already been completed recently while other projects like Chameliya (30 MW HEP, Kulekhani III (14 MW) HEP, Tama Koshi (456 MW) HEP, Mai Khola(22 MW) HEP, Lower Modi (20 MW) HEP are under various stages of construction. The private sector has implemented projects Khimti, Bhote Koshi, Mai Khola, Lower Modi and other small projects. The independent power producer (IPP) have generated around 230.5 MW (F/Y 2012/13 NEA Report).
Harnessing of Nepal’s huge hydro-electric potential could not only fulfill much of the energy needs but could also become the source of prosperity. Hydroelectricity can be the prime mover of economic development of Nepal and hence deserve special importance. The main attraction of Hydroelectric is that this clean source of energy does not require fuel cost and the electricity generating costs decline over the life span of the venture.
The first hydro electric plant was installed in Pharping (500 KW) in 1911. At present, Nepal has an installed capacity of 762 MW, out of this total capacity, 53.41 MW is generated through thermal power plants and 708.5 MW through hydro power projects under power purchase agreements with the private sector. Only about 45 % of the country’s population is served by electricity which shows a per capita consumption to be very low. Nepal has been experiencing load shedding since the past few years (and the supply deficit is nearly 800 MW in the dry season). The demand projection made by NEA indicates that the peak load demand for the years 2015 and 2020 will be 1510 MW and 2206 MW respectively. NEA, an undertaking of Government of Nepal has launched
1-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP a wide range of study programs aimed at identifying and studying a series of Hydroelectric projects. The objective of the study program is to identify technically and economically feasible projects for subsequent implementation.
1.2 Previous Studies
Upper Trisuli 3B HEP (37 MW) is a cascade project of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP and was identified by NEA Engineering Services in 2004/05 as part of Project Identification Study. NEA has completed the feasibility study in 2007/08. Four cascade schemes namely Upper Trishuli 1, 2, 3A and 3 B were identified in the Upper Trishuli basin located between Syabrubesi and Betrawati which has a total head of 750m. NEA has completed detailed project report study of the Upper Trishuli 3A which has an installed capacity of 60 MW and is under construction. Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is a downstream project which utilizes the discharge from the tailrace of Upper Trishuli 3A HEP.
1.3 Objectives and Scope of Work
Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited (TJCL) has carried out the review of the Trisuli 3B HEP and carried out the site verification. The outcome of the review study is as follows:
a) It is urgent need to update the cost of the project according to the prevailing market rate. b) During the site visit it is found the land slide occurred at the powerhouse location year in the year 2011, therefore, it is necessary to locate the powerhouse at the alternative place. c) Carry out the cost comparison between different alternative layouts. d) Since the access road is available at the intake area to powerhouse area, the cost of these item has to reduce from the estimate.
The main objective of this study is to carry out a Detailed Project Report of the Upper Trishuli 3 B Hydroelectric Project. This is being done by taking into consideration all the relevant data and information collected from the previous studies, field surveys and investigations conducted during the present study. The EIA study required to complete the Detailed Project Report is also a part of the objectives of this study. The scope of work can broadly be divided into the field
1-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP investigation work and the design of the project.
1.4 Field Investigation Works
The following additional works were carried out in the design phase apart from the feasibility phase of study.
1.4.1 Topographical Survey and Mapping
For detail engineering design, following topographical survey and mapping works has been carried out by the TJCL:
i) Mapping in the dam site area at a scale of 1:500 and with a contour interval of 1 m. ii) Mapping of the Powerhouse (alternative option and original option) area at a scale of 1:500 and a contour interval of 1m. iii) Connection with the national grid. iv) Cross section survey of the river. v) Mapping of tunnel alignment area at scale of 1:5000. vi) Cadastral mapping of the project for land acquisition of project
1.4.2 Geological and Geotechnical Investigation
The following geological investigation works were carried out for this phase of the study.
i) A total of 250 m of core drilling was completed at various locations during the feasibility study. Additional 195 m drilling works were completed at the alternative powerhouse option I the Fiscal Year 2069/70. ii) A total of 11 test pits were completed at various locations in and around the project area. iii) Laboratory tests were conducted for the test pit samples. iv) Surface geological mapping of the project were carried out during feasibility study.
1-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Apart from that, new surface geological mapping of the intake area, powerhouse area and alternative powerhouse area were carried out at appropriate scales.
1.4.3 Project supports facilities
For the construction of the project, the planning will set according to the location of support facilities such as quarry site, dumping site, muck disposal area, access road and adit at different location. Therefore, during the detail design, the site visit has been done to locate all these support facilities. a) Location of muck disposal area has been identified based on the adit tunnel. For this purpose most of those places are near the river bank and government land. b) Location of Quarry site are done based on the availability of construction material such as sand and gravel. c) Contractor’s construction camp are located based on the availability of land at the site. They have been identified near the powerhouse area. d) Most of the access road has been constructed, the project road is required for the surge tank access and powerhouse area only. A portion of road from New Bridge (the Belly Bridge constructed by Trisuli 3A HEP) to Tupche (near the pressure tunnel alignment) has to be relocated and cost estimate has been done for these item separately. e) The construction camps for the company office are designed by the team of TJCL engineer.
1.5 Design Work
The main part of the design consisted of the alternative layout of the powerhouse and carry out the hydraulic design and structural design of the different structures. The main works consisted of the following: i) Review of available information (feasibility Study); ii) Collection of basic information/data through field surveys, investigations and
1-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
laboratory tests; iii) Preparation of design drawings; iv) Alternative studies of powerhouse location; v) Detail design of the following structures:
• Project road
• Headponds at the outlet of Trisuli 3A HEP tailrace
• Adit tunnel at different location
• Conveyance system including headrace pipe, headrace tunnel, surge tank, drop shaft
• Surface powerhouse
• Tailrace duct
• Electromechanical Facilities vii) Computation of Project Energy Outputs and Related Benefits; viii) Construction Planning in Detail; ix) Detail Quantity Cost Estimate; x) Disbursement Schedule; xi) Project Evaluation for finance.
1-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 2: Description of Project Area
2.1 Location
Nepal lies in the foothills of the highest areas of the Great Himalayan Range. It extends from the Republic of India in the south to the high Tibetan Plateau of the People’s Republic of China in the north. It is roughly rectangular in shape. Nepal embraces within itself a unique variety of geographical settings ranging from the southern lowlands at approximately 60 masl to the highest peaks in the world in its northern parts. Between these marginal zones there are three richly varied regions, namely, the Terai Region in the south, the Middle Hilly Region in between and the Trans Himalayan Region in the north. Physiographically, the project is located at Middle Mountains as shown in Figure 2.1.
Physiographic Region of Nepal
etan Tib nts ime Sed
iss Gne nite Gra ist Sch
sed pho a or s lay Project Location te etam eou ima rani M illac h H G Arg s Hig hist ock Sc ne R tains esto oun Lim igh M s H te tain ale erta oun Sh lom e M ong ne iddl C dsto M San ium liks Alluv Siwa Terai
Figure 2.1: Physiographic location of the project
2-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
The Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is located in Nuwakot and Rasuwa District of the Central Development Region between longitudes of 85O10’11” and 85O12’01”and between latitudes of 27O59'12” and 28O01'54”. The project lies in the Trishuli River of the Middle Hilly Region which constitutes a broad complex of hills and valleys. It is a major river of the Gandaki Basin. Rugged landscapes with a generally north to south flowing rivers like Sapta Gandaki characterizes the Gandaki Basin. The area of the intake site is located about 5 km upstream from the confluence of the Salankhu Khola and Trishuli while the powerhouse site is located approximately 0.5 kilometers upstream from the confluence of Salankhu Khola and Trishuli River. The project location map is given in Figure 2.2 and DWG No UT-3B HEP 01.
Project Location
Figure 2.2: Location of the Project
2.2 Physical Features
Owing to the three richly varied regions, Nepal lies in an area with a great difference in elevation from the north to the south. As a result, Nepal experiences an exceptional variation in climate. From south to north, five defined climatic zones exist in the country, these are:
2-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
• Tropical • Subtropical • Temperate • Alpine • Sub Arctic
The dominant climatic influence is that of the south east monsoon. The climate of the Gandaki Basin is influenced by the physiography of the region. The difference between the warm humid summer and the severe cold winter becomes more marked with the increase in altitude. The south east monsoon is responsible for almost all of the rainfall in the basin. The monsoon starts in mid June and continues until late September. This is followed by a dry period and the winter, which starts in November and lasts until February. A short winter rainfall characterizes the winter. The climate becomes progressively warmer from March until the beginning of the next monsoon.
2.3 Accessibility
The project site is located about 12 km from Trishuli Bajaar and the existing Trishuli Hydroelectric project (24 MW), which is the nearest town. The nearest airport is located in Kathmandu which is approximately 84 km from the project site.
Access conditions to the site are excellent. There is a blacktopped road from Kathmandu to Trishuli Bajaar which is approximately 72 km long. The black topped road from Trisuli Bazar to Dhunche highway passes through the Betrawati Bazar at about 10 km from Trisuli Bazar. A graveled road exists from Betrawati Bajaar to the powerhouse site of the project and it is approximately 2 km long. This gravel road passes through the headworks area of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. The distance between powerhouse to headworks area is about 4 km.
It is therefore obvious that the project is accessible by the gravel road. During the construction, the project has to build the road to powerhouse and road to surge tank adit, this shall be about 0.8 km long.
2-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 3: Field Investigation and Data Collection
3.1 Topographic Survey and Mapping
3.1.1 Previous Study
The overall survey works for the proposed project were conducted in two phases. The first phase lasted from November end to December end of the year 2006 while the second phase survey was carried out from first February to last February 2006. The first phase survey works were carried out to map the project area as a whole including headworks, intake area, surge shaft and powerhouse area. The second phase of survey works included additional mapping for the alternate powerhouse location. The details are given in the Detail Project Report, Volume-1 of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project.
3.1.2 Additional Topographic Mapping and Survey, Fiscal Year-2013
Proper survey and leveling works are necessary to design the components, to prepare drawings and to calculate the quantities of the project components. The survey data greatly influences the accuracy of design and quantity take offs. All the survey works were carried out precisely and correctly again. Therefore, the company TJCL has carried out the detail topographic survey and mapping for the detail design and construction purpose.
The new topographic mapping covers the survey of alternative location of powerhouse site. Since the project is cascade development of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP, the ground control points are taken from the same projects. The detail reports of survey are given in “ Detail Topographic Survey of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project-February 2013.
3.1.3 Scope of works
a. Review of the topographical map of feasibility study of the project, based on the
3-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
available maps of the project area. b. Finalization of the methodology of survey and plan c. Interconnection of the Ground Control Points (GCPs) of project area with respect to the National Grid Co-ordinate System of Nepal. d. Co-ordinates for Planimetric Control Points can be transferred from Upper Trishuli “3A”, however verification is required before topographic survey and mapping. e. Establishment of Benchmarks at various locations in the project area for the marks required but not limited to are as shown below: i. Headwork area 6 nos. ii. Tunnel Adit area 2 nos. iii. Surge Tank area 3 nos. iv. Powerhouse area 6 nos. v. Camp Site area 2 nos. f. Detail topographical survey of Headwork, Tunnel alignment, Intake, Adit, Surge Tank, Penstock Pipe/Dropshaft and Powerhouse area (including alternative powerhouse site) at Scale 1:500. This shall be working drawing at contour interval 1m. g. Overlay of Topographic Survey Map in GIS database of NGIIP of Nepal. h. Access Road to the surge tank, the mapping of the access road is to be carried out if necessary. i. Strip Mapping of Tunnel alignment covering alternative-I and alternative-II in 1:5,000 Scale. j. Cross Section survey at Trishuli River along Head pond and Powerhouse area ( Alternative powerhouse site shall be included ) k. The Topographic Map shall include but not limited to : - Demarcation of road, forest land, agriculture land, barren land, rock cliff, bush and, land slide area, rivulets and big boulder if any in the topographic mapping. The verification shall be carried out at the site after draft survey report submission. - Exact location of manmade structures such as houses, temples, bridges, canals, walls and etc are to be shown in the topographic mapping and drawings. Such structures shall be documented by the photographs.
3-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
3.1.4 Monumentation of Ground Control Points and Benchmarks
List of Co-ordinates and Elevations of Existing Permanent Points provided by Upper Trishuli-3A Hydroelectric Project.
Table 3.1: Co-ordinates and Elevation of Existing Control Points Point No. Easting (m.) Northing (m.) Elevations (m.) DX 18 617090.576 3101331.156 734.409 DX 19 616865.863 3101139.600 725.862
Monuments made of concrete pillars have been fixed on the strategic locations from where the detail survey longitudinal sectioning and cross sectioning and setting out of the project components can be carried out. Some benchmarks have been established on the stable boulders or on manmade permanent structures which were available in the vicinity of survey area. The List of Co-ordinates of established control points are given in Table 3:2
Table 3.2: List of Co-ordinates and Elevations of Permanent Benchmarks S. Point Easting Northing Elevations Remarks No. Name (m.) (m.) (m.) DX 18 617090.576 3101331.156 734.409 Existing point Fixed on 1 Concrete Pillar 2 DX 19 616865.863 3101139.600 725.862 “ “ 3 BM-1 616058.861 3096433.271 632.334 Fixed on Concrete Pillar 4 BM-2 615909.991 3096472.042 640.407 Fixed on Boulder 5 BM-3 615856.330 3096542.635 635.543 Fixed on Concrete Pillar 6 BM-4 616015.244 3096722.002 749.960 “ “ 7 BM-5 616376.090 3098044.484 852.190 Fixed on Boulder 8 BM-6 616472.386 3098309.535 821.224 Fixed on Concrete Pillar 9 BM-7 616556.547 3100813.820 786.142 “ “ 10 BM-8 616850.989 3100640.112 724.497 “ “ 11 BM-9 616675.455 3100636.592 724.497 “ “
3-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
12 BM-10 616604.259 3100364.840 750.993 Fixed on Boulder 13 BM-11 616711.937 3098124.568 667.609 Fixed on Concrete Pillar 14 BM-12 616663.009 3097869.214 649.041 Fixed on Boulder 15 BM-13 616459.211 3097483.423 664.678 Fixed on Concrete Pillar 16 BM-14 616505.409 3097308.298 672.724 Fixed on Boulder 17 BM-15 616460.537 3097274.502 647.795 “ “ 18 BM-16 616289.996 3097599.897 777.605 “ “ 19 BM-17 616273.929 3097611.528 782.370 “ “
3.1.5 Detail Topographical Survey
The detail topographical survey has been carried out by using TOPCON Total Stations Survey instrument with the least count as 5 seconds. The survey has been carried to depict all natural and manmade features in the study area in order to prepare the topographical map in 1:5,00 scale with 1.0 m contour interval. The topographical survey has been carried out by covering approximately 60 ha. of land including headwork area, along tunnel alignment, Adit areas, surge tank and powerhouse areas.
3.1.6 Cross- Section Survey
The Cross-Sections at Trishuli River have been taken at 50m intervals at alternative powerhouse sites. The spot levels along the cross-section have been taken as per change of ground level to prepare correct profile along the cross-section line which represents the existing shape. The details of existing structures those falling along the line of cross-section have been taken properly. 3.1.7 Preparation of maps profiles and reports
Based on the data from the field survey, the topographical maps cross-sections have been prepared by using the AutoCAD Land Development Software. The complete report and drawings have been prepared.
(i) A Reference Plan of the Project area in scale as shown in the Bar Scale. (ii) Detail Topographical Maps of Headwork, Adits and Powerhouse areas in scale 1:500
3-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
with contour interval 1 metre. (iii) Detail Topographical Maps along the strip of Tunnel alignment in scale 1:5,000 with contour interval 5 metres. (iv) Cross-Sections drawings (v) A complete report consisting of survey methodology, outputs of the work, D-Cards etc.
In general, the maps, other drawings and reports have been prepared as below:
(i) A General Reference Map of the Project Area
In order to prepare the General Reference Map, GIS database of Topographical Map Sheet No. 2885-13 and 2785-01B were collected from NGIIP, Survey Department of Nepal. By using ArcGIS 9.2 Software, the data of the project area and its vicinity was selected from the above mentioned GIS data. Then a Digital Terrain Model (DTM) was created, which consists of relief model and site model having X, Y, Z Co-ordinates of each point. All the features were then transferred to the plan and finally the Reference Map has been prepared.
(ii) Detail Topographical Maps
All existing physical and manmade features on the ground; such as structures, utilities features and the land use information have been shown in the maps. The topographical maps have been plotted in the scale: 1: 500 with counter interval 1m and 1:5,000 scale with 5 m. interval.
The maps have been prepared to produce DTMs to be enabling direct use to design.
(iii) Cross- Section Drawings
The cross-sections have been drawn and prepared in H = V 1:500 . The drawings have been prepared in A1 size with a 25 mm border on the left and 10 mm border on three sides.
3-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
(iv) Reports
In general, the main report is prepared by incorporating the general approach and methodology, and other general matters relating to the objective of the work. The secondary data which would be useful later are annexed with the report. But the whole report is managed in volume one. The annexure (Detail Topographic Survey-February 2013) which are attached with the report are as follows:
● Location Map ● General Reference Map of the Project area ● Traverse Chart ● D-Cards of Permanent Benchmarks/Survey Stations ● List of Co-ordinates and Elevations of Existing Permanent Points provided by Upper Trishuli-3A Hydroelectric Project.
3.1.8 Location of Bore Holes, Test Pits and Resistivity Line
During the feasibility study of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP, Number of bore holes, test pits and Resistivity line survey were carried out. They are given in the report of “ Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project, Detail Project Report, Volume 1-year 2008”.
During detail design phase, A total of 4 boreholes were located on the ground at the powerhouse site and surge tank area with given coordinates and elevation. The coordinates and elevation of all the boreholes are given in Table 3.3.
Table 3.3: List of borehole locations (core drilling works-August 2013)
S. No. Bore Hole Northing Easting Elevation Location 1 DST-1 616196.445 3097625.756 813.15 Surge shaft 2 DPA-1 616353.178 3097447.957 683.07 Penstock alignment 3 DPH-1 616434.629 3097359.831 639.90 Powerhouse Site 4 DPH-2 616397.42 3097410.45 665.545 Powerhouse Site
3-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
3.2 Hydrological Investigations
3.2.1 Collection of Available Meteorological and Hydrological Data
The meteorological and hydrological data for the project was obtained from Government of Nepal, Department of Meteorology and Hydrology. The main data obtained were the precipitation records, temperature and discharge measurements at available stations. The details for the available data are given in the following sections and also in chapter 4.
3.2.2 Establishment of Gauging Station
A hydrological team visited the site in the month of January 2006. A total of 5 staff gauges were installed during the field visit near the Headworks site and Powerhouse site on Trishuli 3B Khola, and a staff gauge was installed in Salakhu Khola a tributary of Trishuli River at Pairobesi, Champani and Sole village of Rasuwa and Nuwakot District.
During the site visit the river was traversed along its bank to locate the best possible site for the staff gauge. The selected site was considered as the best location for the staff gauge as it had a straight reach and a pool of water near the gauge site.
3.2.3 Water Level Recording and Flow Measurement
During the time of staff gauge installation, discharge measurements were carried out. Average discharges on 3rd January 2007 were 28.715 m3/s in Trishuli River at Pairobesi and 0.611 m3/s in Salankhu Khola at Solye. Detailed discharge measurement sheets are attached herewith.
3.3 Geological and Geotechnical Investigations
NEA has carried out a lot of geotechnical investigation during the feasibility study of the project for the given site conditions. They are given in the “Upper Trisuli-3B Hydroelectric Project, feasibility study, Geology and Geotechnical Study (Appendix B, Year 2007) in detail. Since the proposed powerhouse site has felt huge land slide in the year 2011, it is forced to see the alternative
3-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP powerhouse location. Therefore, the company has carried out new surface and subsurface geological investigation in the year 2013. The results obtained from the investigation work will be used to assess the technical viability of the project for the Detailed Design of the project.
3.3.1 Previous Study
Medium Hydro Power Study Project, NEA (1998) had carried out the reconnaissance study of Upper Trishuli - 3 (UT-3) which is named as Gogane to Betrawati Hydroelectric Project and Upper Trishuli -3B (UT-3B) is mutually included in UT-3 Project.
Department of Mines and Geology has also prepared and compiled regional geological map including the project area in the scale of 1:1,000,000 (1994).
During the feasibility study of the project, the field investigation work is carried out to find out the surface and sub- surface geological condition of the project area, to design the support pattern for the underground structures and to confirm the availability of the construction materials in terms of quality and quantity.
3.3.2 Scope of Work
The main scope of work in this phase of study is to assess the rock mass condition of the project area by means of detailed geological mapping, core drilling and geophysical survey and to produce engineering geological maps, cross-sections and profiles at various scales as deemed necessary to provide information required for the engineering designs and underground excavation.
The scope of work in geological mapping is to produce engineering geological maps of the powerhouse site and the headworks site in the scale of 1:1,000 and 1:1,000 respectively and engineering geological map of tunnel alignment area in the scale of 1:10,000.
The scope of work for the core drilling includes the assessment of sub-surface geological condition including rock quality, rock type, joint characteristics and permeability condition of the
3-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP rock mass.
Another main scope of work is geophysical investigation for the assessment of sub-surface geological condition of the major structures during the present investigation.
The scope of work also includes the preliminary geotechnical design including stability analysis and rock support classification of underground structures.
The scope of work for the construction material investigation includes the assessment for the quality and quantity of construction material available within the easy haulage distance from the project area.
3.3.5 Field Investigation
The following geological field investigation works have been carried out to assess the geological and geotechnical condition of the project area. Geological mapping, core drilling, seismic refraction survey and construction material investigations are the main activities which have been carried out during the present study.
3.3.5.1 Core Drilling
A total of 250.00 m of linear core drilling has been carried out during the present investigation. One bore hole DHP-1 has been drilled in the intake portal, three namely DP-1, DP-2, DP-4 have been drilled in the Powerhouse area and one DP-3 has been drilled in Surge Tank area. Similarly, a Drill hole DHA-1 has been drilled at Andheri Khola to know the rock cover at headrace tunnel alignment. The location of drill holes are shown in Drawing No.-6.1,6.2 and 6.3. The general description of the bore holes are shown in Table No. 3.4.
3-9 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 3.4 : General Description of Drill Holes (Coordinates based on old survey reports) Drill Hole Drilling Inclination Location Length Co-ordinates No. Machine & Direction (m) X Y Z DP-1 Acker ‘Ace’ Vertical Powerhouse 50.00 3097872.018 616658.991 649.188 DP-2 Acker ‘Ace’ Vertical 30.00 3097898.200 616565.300 655.300 DP-4 Acker ‘Ace’ 60°/285° Power house35.00 3097891.240 616590.128 652.430 Powerhouse DHP-1 Tone UD-5 60°/275° 35.00 3100866.415 616665.250 736.000 Tone UD-5 Intake Tunnel DHA-1 Vertical 50.00 3100745.980 616228.730 814.200 Acker 'Ace' Alignment Surge DP-3 Vertical 50.00 3097967.715 616467.863 763.865 tank Total 250. m
3.3.5.2 Geological Mapping
Detailed engineering geological maps of the powerhouse site and headworks site have been prepared in the scale of 1:1,000. While the engineering geological map of tunnel alignment has been prepared in the scale of 1:10,000. Detailed joint survey was carried out at each hydraulic structure site for engineering classification of rock mass. Both RMR and NGI ‘Q’ systems were used for rock mass classification.
3.3.5.3 Seismic Refraction Survey
A total of 2180.00m of seismic refraction survey has been carried out at major hydraulic structure sites. Altogether 26 seismic lines were executed for this purpose. The objective of the survey was to determine the overburden thickness, bedrock quality, thickness of weathered zone and degree of fracturing in the bedrock. The hammering method was used for the seismic refraction survey. The result showed mainly three velocity layers which ranges from 400 - 600 m/s, 800 - 1000 m/s and 1400 - 2400 m/s. The bedrock and the compact overburden deposit consisting of large boulders have shown the velocity in the range of 2200 - 2400 m/s. The details of seismic refraction survey including investigation results are presented in Annex-B3. The brief description of seismic refraction survey is shown in Table No. 3.5.
3-10 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 3.5: Brief Description of Seismic Refraction Survey SN Location Seismic Line Length (m) 1 Headworks Site SLD – 1 115 2 Headworks Site SLD – 2 55 3 Headworks Site SLD – 3 55 4 Headworks Site SLD – 4 55 5 Headworks Site SLD – 5 55 6 Headworks Site SLD – 6 55 Total 390 7 Tunnel Alignment SLT – 1 340 8 Tunnel Alignment SLT – 2 55 9 Tunnel Alignment SLT – 3 115 10 Tunnel Alignment SLT – 4 55 11 Tunnel Alignment SLT – 5 55 12 Tunnel Alignment SLT – 6 55 Total 675 13 Powerhouse site SLP – 1 235 14 Powerhouse site SLP – 2 55 15 Powerhouse site SLP – 3 55 16 Powerhouse site SLP – 4 55 17 Powerhouse site SLP – 5 55 18 Powerhouse site SLP – 6 55 19 Powerhouse site SLP – 7 55 20 Powerhouse site SLP – 8 110 21 Powerhouse site SLP – 9 110 22 Powerhouse site SLP – 10 110 23 Powerhouse site SLP – 11 55 24 Powerhouse site SLP – 12 55 25 Powerhouse site SLP – 13 55 26 Powerhouse site SLP – 14 55 Total 1115 Grand Total 2180
3-11 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
3.3.5.4 Construction Material Survey
• General
The construction material investigation includes mainly the identification of borrow areas, test pitting, sample collection and laboratory testing. The investigation has been carried out to assess the availability of required volume of different construction materials such as impervious core material, coarse and fine aggregates, rip-rap in different borrow areas and quarry sites within the haulage distance of about 5 km from the project site. The laboratory tests and analysis of collected samples were also carried out according to ASTM and AASTHO standards.
Different locations for the construction materials such as cohesive material, fine and coarse aggregates, fine sand and granular materials are identified within the permissible haulage distance from the project area. The borrow areas are investigated by digging the test pits.
Two borrow areas for the granular material has been identified in the vicinity of the project area. Similarly, two quarry sites for granular materials have been also identified during the present investigation. The borrow areas are located at Trishuli River bed and Salankhu Khola river bed and quarry sites are located at left bank of Trishuli River which is close to proposed powerhouse site and another quarry site has been identified at Trishuli River bed deposit in the vicinity of the project area.
The riverbed material can be used to produce concrete aggregates such as fine and coarse (sand and gravel) after washing out the fines (No. 2000 sieve). Fine aggregate for concrete can also be obtained by crushing the oversize material from riverbed (+56 mm)
The field exploration was conducted by pitting method in which test pits of depth up to 3m were excavated manually with the help of hand shovel. The size of test pits were generally 2.0m x 2.0m. Different samples were collected for different types of soil encountered in a test pit. The fraction passing 80 mm sieve was collected to carry out the laboratory tests such as Grain Size Analysis, Index Properties, Specific Gravity, Los Angles Abrasion, Sulfate Soundness.
3-12 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
A total of 11 test pits were excavated during the present field investigation. Out of which 5 test pits were excavated at Salankhu Khola River Bed and remaining 6 test pits were excavated at river bed deposit of Trishuli River.
Table 3.6: A Brief Description of Test Pits Name of the Location Number of No. of Remarks borrow/quarry area test pit sample GA Saletar 6 12 Weir site GB Simle bagar 6 13 PH site GC Andheri Khola bagar 4 9 Andheri Khola CA Ratamate danda 5 10 Archale VDC QA Headworks site 1 L/B Trishuli River QB headworks site 1 R/B Trishuli River QC Andheri Khola 3 Andheri Khola
3.3.2 Additional geological geotechnical investigation, Fiscal Year-2013
Details of new investigation are presented in the report “ Upper Trisuli-3B Hydroelectric Project, a) Surface Geological Mapping, Year 2013 May, and b) Core Drilling, Year 2013 August”.
3-13 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 4: Hydrology and Sediment Study
Preamble The project under study is in the Trisuli River. The headworks is located at 500 m upstream of the Andheri Khola. The powerhouse is located at 500 m upstream of the Salankhu Khola and Trisuli River confluence. This is the run of the river cascade scheme with Upper Trisuli 3A Hydroelectric Project (installed capacity 60 MW). The reference hydrology, basically a monthly flow, are same in Upper Trisuli 3A and 3B. The Trishuli River is originated from China (Tibet) and the major portion (80 %) of the catchment area lies in China. This study covers the field investigation, hydrological data collection and hydrological analysis required for the project design.
4.1 Introduction
Hydrological study of this project comprises of extensive data collection at the site for discharge & sediment measurement and their analysis. Field investigation was carried out by establishing several new Staff Gauge stations in the Trishuli River near the project site. Moreover, an endeavour has been made to measure the precise catchment area of Trishuli River and its tributaries located near the project site with the help of Satellite Image and Maps available. Furthermore, a long term flow at the intake site has been produced by correlating with the long term observation from the down stream gauge station 447 of the same river situated at Betrawati.
Hydrology, sediment and hydraulic study of the project were carried out to estimate the pertinent design parameters. These parameters are (a) design flood (b) diversion flood (c) monthly flow (d) rating curves (e) downstream release (f) sediment inflow (g) GLOF. While, establishing these parameters, standard software and simple spread sheet have been used. The primary data for the analysis have taken from “Department of Hydrology and Meteorology (DHM)”, and the related reports from the other hydropower projects. Besides that the extensive field study were carried out by the developer.
The major portion of the catchment lies in the China, the physiographic data as well as precipitation data are not available, therefore, the average basin precipitation study is out of scope. The hydrological study has been based on the Gauge Station 447 at Betrawati, Trisuli
4-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
River. Besides that the NEA has also established the Hydrological gauge station on the Trisuli River at Pairobesi village to monitor the river flow.
4.2 Basin Characteristic
The head works of Upper Trisuli-3B Hydroelectric Project is on the Trisuli River located 6.5 km downstream from the confluence of Mailun Khola and Trisuli River, whereas the powerhouse is located at 500 m upstream from the Salanku Khola and Trisuli river confluence. (right bank of Trisuli River).
Trishuli is one of the major tributaries of Sapta Gandaki river system. The river flows almost North-South from Tibet to Nepal. The main source of Trishuli River discharge is the snow and glacier melt from the higher Himalayas. Langtang Himal is one of the major mountain range in the basin. The total area of Trishuli River basin up to intake site is 4577 km2 (intake site of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP) and that of the power house site is 4605 km2. The catchment area in Nepal covers only 20 % of the total catchment area 4577 km2. 'Inventory of Glacier lakes 2002' published by ICIMOD have identified about 117 numbers of glacier lakes with total area of 2.03 (km2) and 74 numbers of glacier rivers with total area of 246.65 (km2) inside the Trishuli river catchment in Nepal. This study have further identified that the ice reserve is 27.47 km3. The major tributaries of Trishuli River upstream of proposed Dam site are Chilime, Langtang and Dhunche Trishuli. The Trisuli River basin within the Nepal is shown in Figure 4.1. The Trisuli River basin including China and Nepal combined is shown in Figure 4.2.
Physiographically, Trisuli River basin upstream of dam site lies in the High Mountain and High Himalayas. The High Himalayan region is constituted by the extremely high peaks. Some of those major peaks are highlighted below.
Ganesh Himal (Nepal side) Altitude 7406 m Lapsang Karubo (Nepal Side) Altitude 7150 m Lantang Ri (Nepal Side) Altitude 7232 m Langtang Lirung (Nepal Side) Altitude 7246 m Gang Benchnen (China Side) Altitude 7211 m
4-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
4.3 Review of Catchment Area
The catchment area of the Trisuli river basin upstream of the gauging station 447 has been revised by different agencies. The previous records of Catchment area of Trishuli River at Betrawati 447 station from Department of Hydrology and Meteorology (DHM) published in 1998 shows that the area is only 4110 square km. Whereas, the Catchment area indicated by WECS in 1990 shows as 4640 square km. During the feasibility study of Upper Tama Koshi HEP, “NEA and Norconsult” has estimated the catchment area of the Trishuli basin upstream of the Betrawati station 447 as 4850 km2. In this study, this final figure 4850 km2 has been recommended as the catchment area upstream of the Betrawati Gauge station.
4.4 Climate Study
Since the catchment of this river lies in the High Himalayas and the High Mountain region, the physiographic characteristic influences the climate in this region. The Climatic condition varies with respect to the altitude. The catchment area experiences severe cold, subtropical to temperate climate. The southwest monsoon is dominant from June to the end of September in the catchment as other parts of Nepal. The region receives approximately 80 % of the annual rainfall during the Monsoon period. Rainfall intensities vary throughout the basin with maximum intensity occurring on the south facing slopes. During the monsoon period, relative humidity reaches at their maximum and the temperatures are lower compared to the pre-monsoon period.
The precipitation on the basin determines the average basin precipitation and flood generation. The meteorological stations near the project area are tabulated in Table 4.1. It is noticed the meteorological station Index Nos. 1005 and 1057 are the closest to the project area. The location of the precipitation stations are shown in Figure 4.3.The precipitation record in the China (Tibet) catchment area is not known. A short precipitation records of Tingri and Nyalum (Precipitation station in Tibet) is available and shown in the Table 4.2. The annual precipitations in these stations are below 800 mm. The mean annual precipitation map of the country shows that the annual precipitation at the Nepal side lies below the range of 2000mm.
4-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 4.1: Average precipitation of the stations located near the project area Index Station Elevation Lat. /Long. Year of Annual Mean No. Name (m amsl) Records Precipitation (mm) 1001 Timure 1900 27°14'/85°25' 1957-94 950 1004 Nuwakot 1003 27°55'/85°10' 1956-94 1870 1005 Dhading 1427 27°52'/84°56' 1956-94 2195 1015 Thankot 1631 27°41'/85°12' 1967-94 2000 1054 Thamchi 1847 28°10'/85°19' 1972-94 1039 1055 Dhunche 1982 28°06'/85°18' 1972-94 1863 1057 Pansaya Khola 1240 28°01'/85°07' 1973-94 3040 1058 Tarke Ghyang 2480 28°00'/85°33' 1974-94 2859
Table 4.2: Rainfall records available from China Station Longitude Latitude Altitude River Time Period Mean Annual (m) Basin Interval Rainfall (mm) Nyalam N/A N/A N/A Bhote monthly 1966-75 627 Koshi Monthly 1976-86 717 Tingri 28O 36’ N 87O 06’ E 4302 Arun Monthly 1960-86, excl 285 River 1969-70
3.5 Available Hydrological Data
3.5.1 Installation of Hydrometric Station
NEA has installed the Hydrometric Station on Trisuli at Pairobesi Bridge at Manakaman VDC from 19th Paush 2063. The gauge station is 1500 m downstream of the headworks site of the Upper Trisuli-3B Hydroelectric Project. Staff gauge reading from this gauging station is continuously being measured. Gauge readers have been recruited to read the water level thrice a day at 8:00 hour, 12 hour and 16:00 hour. The location of the staff gauge installation is shown in Figure 4.4. The summary of discharge measurements at different period is given below.
4-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 4.3: Discharge Measurements at Pairobesi Bridge S. No Date Time Discharge (m3/sec) Gauge Height(m)
1 2063-9-19 11:00 AM 48.384 0.32 2 2064-02-11 10:3 AM 221.488 0.89 3 2064-02-12 10:30 AM 196.64 0.87 4 2064-07-18 7:55 PM 117.702 0.50
4.5.2 Hydrometric Stations
Besides the gauging station installed by the project, there exist the hydrometric stations operated by Department of Hydrology and meteorology (DHM) located in the Trishuli River basin. Most of these gauging stations have daily water level recording facilities. They are shown in the Table 4.4.
Table 4.4: Hydrometric stations located in the Trishuli River Basin S. Gauge Type of Name of River Location Comments No Station Station
1 447 Cable way, Trishuli Betrawati. Located at 12 Established in Water level km d/s of Intake. 1967.
2 446.7 Water level Phalakhu (Tributary of d/s of TOL and u/s of Data used in Trishuli River) Betrawati and about present study 200m u/s of Phalakhu 446.8 3 446.8 Water level Phalakhu (Tributary of d/s of TOL and u/s of Data used in Trishuli River at Betrawati at confluence present study Betrawati.) with Trishuli 4 446.3 Water level Dhunche Trishuli u/s of Intake Data not used in present study 5 446.2 Water level Langtang Khola u/s of Intake Data not used in present study 6 446.25 Water level Bhote Koshi u/s of Intake Data not used in present study
Out of these measuring stations, the station No 447 has been used in the present detail design study for generating long term daily flow. The gauge station No 447 on the Trishuli River is located at Betrawati which is about 16 km downstream of Intake site of this project. It is noticed the station 447 has been operated by DHM since 1967.
4-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
3.5.3 Discharge Measurement by DHM and NEA
The discharge of Trishuli River has been measured at the nearest station 447 Betrawati established by Department of Hydrology. This station is located about 16 km downstream of intake site. There exist three tributaries in between tailrace outlet and Betrawati station no. 447. These tributaries are Andheri Khola, Salakhu and Phalakhu Khola. Among these three the Andheri Khola has drainage area of only 4.5 sq. km and the surface flow is not visible during dry season. Therefore, latter two tributaries are the major tributaries in between tailrace outlet and Station no. 447-Betrawati. There exist two staff gauge stations in Phalakhu Khola (446.7 and 446.8). However, the daily flow records in these tributaries are available only for the five years from 1985 to 1986 and from 1988 to 1990 respectively. There exist no daily flow records in Salakhu Khola. The measured discharge records are illustrated in the following Table 4.5 and Table 4.6.
Table 4.5: Discharge measurement in Trishuli river at Gauge Station 447, Betrawati S. No. Date Time Discharge Gauge Method Agency (m3/sec) Height(m) 1 8-Oct-05 496 2.6 CM DHM 2 24-Feb-06 13:00 44.33 0.76 CM DHM/NEA 3 24-Feb-06 14:44 43 0.75 CM DHM/NEA 4 12-May-06 8:00 96.03 1.52 CM DHM/NEA 5 12-May-06 16:00 87.72 1.42 CM DHM/NEA Note: CM= Current Meter
Table 4.6: Discharge measurement in the tributaries of Trishuli River near project area S. Date Time Tributary Discharge Gauge Method Agency No Name (m3/sec) Height (m) 1 25-Dec-05 16:25 Mailung 2.695 CM NEA 1 25-Dec-05 10:15 Salakhu 1.134 CM NEA 2 24-Feb-06 16:00 Salakhu 0.553 CM DHM/NEA 3 11-May-06 16:00 Salakhu 0.709 CM DHM/NEA 4 12-May-06 10:30 Salakhu 1.057 CM DHM/NEA
4-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
S. Date Time Tributary Discharge Gauge Method Agency No Name (m3/sec) Height (m) 1 24-Feb-06 8:25 Phalakhu 446.7 1.247 3.4 CM DHM/NEA 2 24-Feb-06 9:12 Phalakhu 446.7 1.304 3.4 CM DHM/NEA 3 24-Feb-06 9:30 Phalakhu 446.8 1.513 0.46 CM DHM/NEA 4 11-May-06 15:00 Phalakhu 446.8 3.24 0.52 CM DHM/NEA
5 12-May-06 8:20 Phalakhu 446.8 3.12 0.49 CM DHM/NEA
4.6 Rating Curves
The rating curves at the different site of interest of the project were developed using Manning’s equation. The rating curve for the tailrace outlet of Upper Trisuli-3A HEP and intake area of Trsisuli 3B HEP and tailrace outlet of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP was developed. The Manning’s “n” for the development of rating curve assumed is 0.035.
The rating curve at the proposed intake site (that is, outlet portal of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP) is shown in the Figure 4.5. Similarly, the rating curve at the inlet portal of tunnel (near the section PX-15) was developed and shown in the Figure 4.6. Similarly, the rating curve at tailrace outlet of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP is shown in Figure 4.7.
4.7 Reference Hydrology
3.7.1 Mean Monthly Flow
Since the daily mean discharge at the dam axis of Upper Trsiuli-3A Hydroelectric Project is not available, the reference hydrology has been derived from the gauging station 447 at Betrawati. The number of years of data availability in this station is 1967 to 2005. The flow data at the gauging station 447 were closely examined and found consistent. Therefore, the catchment area ratio is used to generate the flow at the dam site of the Project. The equation that has been used in data generation is
4-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
QIntake = (A Intake / Aknown)* Q known
Where,
Q Intake = Flow at Intake site (Intake site of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP, 60 MW)
Q known = Flow at known site
A Intake = Area upstream of Intake site
Aknown = Area upstream of known site
The summaries of the mean monthly flow generated are shown in the Table 4.7. The variations of the monthly flow are depicted in Figure 4.8. The annual mean at intake of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP is found to be 192.0 m3/s. The minimum monthly flow occurs in the February. The flow gradually increases from April as the snow in the high mountain start melting. The maximum monthly flow occurs mostly in August which lies in the monsoon period.
Table 4.7: Monthly mean flows (m3/s) for 1967-2005 on Upper Trishuli 3A Dam site Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 1967 44.5 35.9 33.6 38.8 60.1 129.9 405.9 489.2 308.0 112.3 63.1 45.5 1968 35.7 30.2 29.2 36.5 61.2 207.8 458.2 452.4 265.2 160.0 71.5 48.1 1969 38.2 33.5 31.2 35.9 58.8 125.8 375.7 425.7 316.2 118.7 63.5 44.8 1970 34.6 30.1 28.2 38.3 61.6 153.1 441.8 482.7 274.1 143.0 78.9 54.7 1971 42.5 36.5 34.8 43.8 61.4 328.4 422.7 518.0 302.0 145.0 76.9 51.7 1972 40.6 35.2 36.7 40.5 95.4 153.5 406.4 448.4 266.7 99.6 59.0 40.6 1973 35.2 34.7 37.9 57.0 91.3 345.6 481.1 625.2 495.6 271.8 94.3 62.0 1974 47.9 37.5 34.2 50.8 77.6 188.7 515.5 603.8 374.1 175.8 81.5 57.2 1975 48.3 43.6 41.8 56.8 86.4 248.8 517.5 529.3 486.8 209.8 104.2 65.8 1976 46.5 39.5 38.0 44.0 80.3 195.6 346.2 459.8 351.4 155.5 93.8 61.8 1977 45.4 43.9 47.0 51.8 73.4 181.5 557.9 574.3 339.7 154.5 88.7 58.2 1978 43.9 41.6 42.8 54.1 142.2 316.0 490.8 589.8 313.0 202.8 101.9 66.1 1979 48.4 41.1 41.4 49.4 86.7 175.0 441.3 475.8 264.2 129.0 78.3 52.5 1980 41.1 38.0 38.5 56.1 76.0 260.4 625.8 640.0 368.0 153.2 86.0 55.6 1981 40.4 34.4 35.1 47.1 80.2 274.3 673.7 584.7 348.7 132.6 82.2 52.8 1982 40.8 37.6 52.9 70.4 76.8 200.2 384.4 562.1 371.0 113.6 73.1 51.0 1983 37.8 32.8 34.3 36.4 66.0 152.1 355.7 477.9 413.8 190.6 89.5 57.0 1984 44.0 31.5 32.3 32.6 100.8 281.6 584.5 487.7 394.1 110.7 65.6 46.2 1985 33.6 31.9 39.5 43.7 51.5 147.7 458.9 407.7 348.4 189.2 86.5 65.2 1986 52.0 51.4 50.9 61.0 72.8 300.9 655.1 561.6 428.5 159.7 91.0 64.1 1987 51.2 48.3 N.A. 48.9 55.1 N.A. N.A. N.A. 178.2 110.0 74.3 58.3 1988 49.3 45.8 46.5 56.4 81.4 167.9 460.1 534.3 245.2 102.8 67.8 55.5 1989 50.8 44.8 45.7 54.0 99.0 177.3 335.6 416.6 266.0 112.8 61.4 45.9 1990 39.2 35.0 33.8 45.2 86.1 297.2 769.3 592.8 427.0 157.5 72.8 46.3 1991 36.4 30.7 30.7 35.9 81.5 198.3 460.2 756.4 618.0 N.A. 55.3 42.5 1992 32.5 27.4 27.0 32.6 40.7 114.8 306.6 668.9 386.8 132.0 62.8 39.4
4-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 1993 31.3 28.8 25.7 36.1 79.7 181.6 421.0 687.0 397.9 157.0 63.9 39.7 1994 47.4 40.4 42.3 41.3 77.3 250.6 429.4 513.3 337.6 128.6 64.7 45.5 1995 44.3 40.5 42.5 54.5 183.9 398.4 587.1 713.7 389.9 167.7 102.1 57.1 1996 50.0 44.2 50.1 57.7 114.5 277.4 590.8 778.3 470.3 178.6 85.1 58.2 1997 46.8 42.6 41.3 46.2 64.5 201.1 540.5 533.6 353.3 106.2 62.5 53.3 1998 42.2 37.9 39.4 54.2 141.3 330.8 712.4 822.5 397.7 166.0 68.8 50.4 1999 41.5 35.8 34.6 48.8 81.1 228.5 745.6 735.5 560.1 253.6 87.7 58.2 2000 46.2 39.6 36.6 46.0 100.3 377.0 667.0 820.1 599.0 159.8 74.6 51.6 2001 40.7 36.8 32.7 34.8 68.7 345.7 631.0 713.6 418.4 140.0 66.3 47.7 2002 61.5 53.1 40.9 83.6 182.6 313.9 612.4 798.5 467.7 199.2 83.1 58.1 2003 44.9 39.0 39.0 54.5 79.6 296.6 681.3 819.9 681.0 220.3 97.3 60.7 2004 46.5 36.8 40.6 48.5 106.7 313.1 658.3 825.5 534.2 273.4 91.7 59.9 2005 49.4 51.1 50.6 60.0 98.7 236.9 683.9 818.5 444.1 233.7 81.5 46.4 Mean 43.4 38.4 38.4 48.3 86.8 238.8 523.5 603.8 389.8 161.2 78.3 53.2
4.7.2 Long Term Trends in Flows
The earliest 6 years of the record are noticeable because all the years appear to possess lower than average flows. Neighbouring Trans-Himalayan catchments, G.S. 445 Budhi Gandaki at Aru Ghat and G.S. 610 Bhote Koshi at Barabise to the west and east respectively, were examined. Both of these catchment exhibited particularly low flows for the years 1967-70 and 1972, so it is considered that this was a regional phenomenon, and the succession of low flows observed on Trishuli River during 1967-72 are genuine.
Another interesting trend concerns the lowest flows during the dry season. After a fairly low minimum flow in Feb 1985, the next 5 years produced the 5 highest minimum flows in Feb/Mar during the 28 years long record, before setting back to normal by 1992. Normal low flows during this season of year are about 35 m3/s, but these rose to about 50 m3/s during this 5 year period. There must be some physical explanation for this phenomenon, which needs further investigation.
3.7.3 Correlation between Flows on Trishuli River at Upper Trisuli 3A dam site and Betrawati Gauge station 447
To determine the mean annual flow at the intake of Upper Trisuli 3A dam site, the daily flows at station No 447 Trishuli River at Betrawati is multiplied by the catchment area ratio. The correlation factor is determined as following.
4-9 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Correlation factor = (Catchment area of Trishuli at intake dam site) / (Catchment area of Trishuli at Betrawati 447)
The mean monthly flows at the intake site for the 39 year period Jan 1967 – 2005 are shown in Table 4.7.
4.7.4 Flow Duration Curve
The prorated 39 year daily flow record at the intake dam site was used to determine the one day flow duration curve. The flow duration data has been generated and tabulated in the following Table 4.8. The exceedance flow at 90%, 65% and 45% are 36.0 m3/s, 52.5 m3/s and 89.5 m3/s respectively. The flow duration curve is depicted in Figure 4.9.
Table 4.8: Flow duration curve at dam site S. No. Exceedance (%) Flow (m3/s) S. No. Exceedance (%) Flow (m3/s) 1 0 1745.9 11 50 75.7 2 5 669.1 12 55 65.4 3 10 539.8 13 60 57.9 4 15 454.9 14 65 52.5 5 20 374.7 15 70 48.6 6 25 284.1 16 75 45.1 7 30 205.7 17 80 41.9 8 35 148.2 18 85 39.2 9 40 111.4 19 90 36.0 10 45 89.5 20 95 33.1 21 100 23.1
4.7.5 Downstream Release Flow
It is required to release 10% of minimum monthly flow for the downstream benefit. The minimum monthly flow lies in February with 36.4 cumecs. Therefore, it is required to release 3.84 cumecs of flow through out the years.
4-10 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
3.8 Flood Estimates
3.8.1 Introduction
The important design parameters in hydropower projects are the flood at different return periods. They are used in design of diversion dam, cofferdam, and stilling basin of the diversion structures. Therefore, different methods are used to estimate the flood. The best method is the flood frequency analysis at the gauge site data and the regional flood frequency analysis. The catchment area for this purpose is taken as the area upstream of Upper Trisuli 3B intake site.
3.8.2 Flood Estimation by Regional Analysis
Most of the time when the data are not available at the site of interest, the regional flood frequency analysis is the good techniques to determine the floods. For this purpose, the regional analysis used by the MHSP/NEA have been used to determine the flood.
For the ungauged sites, a regional analysis relating flood peaks (from the gauging stations) at the selected return periods to basin area, was carried out using regression analysis. To increase the accuracy of flood estimates from regional analysis, the set of gauging stations was divided into sub-sets defined according to the large river systems of which they formed an integral part. Since a reasonably large number of observations is required for regressions to be meaningful, the sub-regions were limited to three as described below:
(1) The Western Region comprising the following basins:
- the Karnali River basin (the dominant basin); - the Nepalese part of the Mahakali River basin; - the smaller basins located between the Mahakali and Karnali with rivers flowing independently south; - the Rapti River basin; - the Banganga River basin.
(2) The Central Region (Figure 4.3) which includes the following basins:
4-11 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
- the Narayani River basin (the dominant basin); - the Bagmati River basin; - the numerous smaller basins with rivers flowing independently towards the border with India.
(3) The Eastern Region which contains the following basins:
- the Sapta Kosi basin (the dominant basin); - the Kamala River basin; - the Kankai River basin; - smaller basins with rivers flowing independently towards the Indian border.
The gauging stations that are in the central region is 404.7, 410, 415, 417, 420, 428, 430, 438, 438.3, 439.7, 439.8, 440, 445, 446.8, 447, 448, 450, 460, 465, 470, 505, 536.2, 540, 550, 570, and 590. The flood flows at six specific return periods at 5, 20, 50, 100, 1000 and 10 000-year occurrences were estimated. An examination of the records and plots of the frequency distributions showed that the Log-Pearson type III distribution provided the best estimates.
Linear regression analysis was applied to the logarithmic transforms of both the dependent and independent variables, i.e., the equation relating flood magnitude for a given return period to drainage area:
lnQ = a + b(lnA) where Q = flow in m3/s A = drainage area in km2 a and b are regression coefficients.
By inverse log transformation, the above equation was made equivalent to the following relationship between flood peak and drainage area:
Q = kAb
4-12 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Where k = exp(a)
The regressions were carried out for the three area parameters, i.e, total drainage area, area below 5000m and area below 3000m respectively. The results showed that drainage area below 3000m gave the highest correlation for rain generated floods. The area below 3000m was therefore selected for application of the regional coefficients. The Table 4.9 below shows the coefficients that were obtained for the regression lines corresponding to each of the six selected return periods.
Table 4.9: Floods and Regression Coefficient (Regional Analysis) Return Flow Regional Coefficients Period (m3/s) k b 5 916 1.68 0.97 20 1378 3.23 0.93 50 1714 4.61 0.91 100 1976 5.99 0.89 1000 3098 12.66 0.84 10000 4614 24.64 0.80
4.8.3 Flood Frequency Analysis
The instantaneous flood data at the G. S. 447, Betrawati are used for the frequency analysis. The G.S. 447 at Betrawati of the Trisuli River has total catchment area is 4850 km2. The flood data available at this station is from the year 1976 to 1994. The total number of flood data is 27 years. These data are transferred to the dam axis by multiplying the effective catchment area ratio. The effective catchment area means the area below 5000 m amsl. The areas below 5000 m elevation upstream of dam site and upstream of the gauge site are 2641 km2 and 2154 km2 respectively. The generated flood data at intake site (Simle) are shown below in the Table 4.10.
Table 4.10: Instantaneous peak for the Flood Frequency Analysis YEAR DATA ORDERED RANK PROB. RET. PERIOD 1967 717 2152 10.01953.857 1968 661 1906 20.05219.333 1969 670 1906 30.08511.781
4-13 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
YEAR DATA ORDERED RANK PROB. RET. PERIOD 1970 837 1887 4 0.118 8.472 1971 930 1434 5 0.151 6.614 1972 1906 1434 6 0.184 5.424 1973 2152 1359 7 0.218 4.598 1974 1359 1085 8 0.251 3.989 1975 953 1076 9 0.284 3.523 1976 774 1038 10 0.317 3.155 1977 1000 1000 11 0.35 2.856 1978 981 1000 12 0.383 2.609 1979 1000 1000 13 0.416 2.401 1980 1038 991 14 0.45 2.224 1981 991 981 15 0.483 2.071 1982 938 972 16 0.516 1.938 1983 819 953 17 0.549 1.821 1984 1076 938 18 0.582 1.718 1985 1887 930 19 0.615 1.625 1986 972 837 20 0.649 1.542 1987 1000 819 21 0.682 1.467 1988 808 808 22 0.715 1.399 1989 566 774 23 0.748 1.337 1990 1434 717 24 0.781 1.28 1992 1434 670 25 0.814 1.228 1993 1906 661 26 0.847 1.18 1994 1085 566 27 0.881 1.136
The frequency analyses were carried out with the different frequency distribution. The frequency distributions used are the Gumbel I, Lognormal, Three Parameter Lognormal, and Log Pearson Type III. The best-fit distribution is “Log Pearson III (moments)” whose Root Mean Square Error is the smallest among all other distribution.
Therefore, it is recommended to use the frequency value from Three Parameter Log Normal Distribution. The results of frequency analysis are shown in the Table 4.11. The 100-year and 1000 year floods are 2718 m3/s and 4030 m3/s respectively.
4-14 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 4.11: Frequency Analysis by Theoretical Distribution Log-Pearson III Period Gumbel I Log Normal 3P-LGNRML Moments Max. Lklhd 2 1029 1038 1000 1010 1000 5 1350 1397 1378 1378 1359 20 1774 1840 1963 1935 1944 100 2237 2331 2718 2699 2746 200 2435 2539 3086 3076 3161 1000 2888 3029 4030 4096 4303 10000 3548 3765 5634 5993 6521 RMS ERROR: 131.92 120.15 111.25 112.15 114.34
The magnitude of the flood from the (a) frequency analysis and the (b) regional methods are similar for the return period 1 in 1000 Years. The recommended flood is 1:1000 year return period. The floods at intake site and at the powerhouse site are 4030 m3/s and 4054 m3/s respectively.
3.8.4 Flood levels
The flood levels at different important structure of the projects are summarized in the Table 4.12. The levels are at Intake site, tunnel intake, and tailrace outlet. The flood water levels are before the construction of the project.
Table 4.12: Flood water level at different project components Return Water level at tailrace Water level at surface Water level at period outlet area (Upper intake pond area (Upper Tailrace Outlet of (years) Trisuli 3A HEP) (m) Trisuli 3B HEP) (m) UT3B HEP (m) 20 725.5 718.9 628.8 100 725.9 719.2 629.4 1000 726.3 719.6 630.1
4.8.5 Construction Flood
Since the water is directly tap from Upper Trisuli 3A HEP tailrace to the intake of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP, it is not necessary to do diversion of Trisuli river in this project. However, the construction of tailrace pond of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP is on the right bank of Trisuli River, the
4-15 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP estimation of diversion flood discharge is required. For the purpose of designing the river diversion structure, 1:20 year return period flood has been recommended that is 1963 m3/s.
4.9 Glacier Lake Outburst Floods (GLOF)
4.9.1 General
'Inventory of Glacier lakes 2002' published by ICIMOD have identified about 117 numbers of glacier lakes with total area of 2.03 (km2) and 74 numbers of glacier rivers with total area of 246.65 (km2) inside the Trishuli river catchment in Nepal. This study have further identified that the ice reserve is 27.47 km3. The three major Glacier lakes are identified. Two of those are identified as Longda and Khymjung. The name of the third is unknown. These Glacier lakes are at a distance of about 40 km from the dam site. At present, the risk is not very high. However monitoring of the Glacial lakes is recommended.
4.9.2 Historical Record of GLOF
The downstream reach of Nepal experienced the number of Glacier Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF) from Tibet as well as from Nepal side during the recent decades and there are significant damages have been reported. These are listed hereunder in the Table13. There are three records of historical GLOF in the Trisuli River valley.
One in September 1996 due to the “Kimjun Tsho Glacier Lake” inside the Langtang Valley. It is reported that there is no damages.
Second is in 25 August 1964 due to “Longda Glacier Lake” from the Gyrionzangbo river valley, Trisuli river system. This outburst flood created a debris blockage 800 m long along the river, 200 m wide & 5 m deep in average on the Gyrongzangbo River, source of the Trisuli River.
Third record is in 1947, GLOF from the langtang valley. It is reported that there is loss of Cattlehouses, but there were no casualties.
4-16 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 4.13: Historical GLOF events in Nepal and China (Tibet) N DAT LAKE/GLACIER VALLEY COUNTRY CAUSE FLOOD CHARACTERISTICS DAMAGE SUMMARY o E 1 May- Nyanang Phu Tshongde Phu Tibet, China ? ? Flood swept down to the 2002 Glacier Chhu river (river feeds in village of Nylam, where it valley to Nepal) destroyed the road bridge. 2 21- Un-named lake Hinku Nepal Ice Avalanche across deglaciated rock slab Minimal. Minor ersosion in Oct- above Tagnag – avalanch and onto surface of frozen lake. Lake channel and slight damage to 2000 informally known e level dropped by 0.75 m, involving ~6- footpath at Tagnag - passed as ‘Tagnag Tsho’ 7,000 m3 of water (interpreted from within metres of the village field inspection 2 days after the event of Tagnag. by RGSL staff). 3 3- Sabai Tsho Hinku Nepal Ice Breaching occurred over several hours. 2 people reported killed; bridges Sep- avalanch Flood/debris flow travelled the 35 km and trails destroyed, property with 1998 e from the lake to the confluence with a minimum combined value of £1.3 the Dudh Koshi in 2 hrs 10 mins, million also destroyed (Dwivedi et where it formed a temporary dam al., 1999). Severe erosion along 30 m high. Reached the Koshi length of Hinku valley. Barrage, 180 km from the lake. 4 1997 Ripimo Shar Rolwaling Nepal Unknow Flood waters observed in the No damage or loss of life reported. Glacier? Valley, n Rolwaling valley between Beding and tributary of Ripimo Shar Glacier. Influx of flood Tama Koshi waters increased suspended sediment load resulting in a visible colouring of the Rolwaling Khola for 48 hours. 5 Sep- Kimjun Tsho Langtang Nepal Rock Small lake of ca. 6,000 m2. GLOF was No damage downstream 1996 Valley, avalanch noticed by a flood of dirty water.Took tributary of e 2 months from the avalanche (Aug) Trisuli River for regressive erosion to breach the moraine. 6 mid- Chubung Lake, at Rolwaling Nepal Ice Very steep sided breach in matrix Damage to houses and cultivated Jul- end of Ripimo Shar Valley, Avalanch supported, stratified moraine. 2 fields, river terraces washed away at 4-18 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
1991 Glacier tributary of e stages:1 - Overtopping eroded 4-5 m Beding village. Tama Koshi of moraine and eroded toe slope. 2 - Explosive eruption through moraine wall. Locals reported at least four flood surges. 7 4- Dig Tsho Glacier Hinku Nepal Rock Initial discharge 2,000 m3/s. 6-10 4-5 deaths. Nearly completed Aug- Lake Drangka avalanch million m3 of water released. GLOF Namche hydropower plant 1985 valley, e lasted 4 hrs.Several separate surges. destroyed ($3 million). 14 bridges, Dudh Koshi Foul mud smell associated with flood. trails, many hectares of cultivated river system Shock waves 5 – 10 m in height. land, 30 houses damaged along the Langmoche Khola, Tama (Bhote) Koshi, Dudh Koshi rivers down to confluence with Sun Koshi (90 km from flood source). 8 Jul- ? Barun Khola Nepal Unknow Trace of past GLOF on river 1985 river valley, n channel recognized from aerial Arun river survey system 9 27- Jinco glacier lake Yairuzangbo Tibet, China Ice Debris flow recorded. 1,600 head of livestock, 186,760 m2 Aug- valley, (river feeds in Avalanch of cultivated fields destroyed. 1982 Arun river to Nepal) e Damage to houses in 8 villages, system roads, bridges, etc. 10 11- Zhangzangbo Zhangzangbo Tibet, China Ice Peak discharge 16,000 m3/s. Moraine Loss of life, damage to Arniko Jul- Glacier Lake Gully, (river feeds in Avalanch breach 50 m deep, 40-60 m wide. Highway, Friendship Bridge, 1981 Sun Koshi to Nepal) e cultivated fields, livestock. Bhote river (Sun) Koshi Hydropower plant diversion structure gates damaged. 11 24- Zari Lake Arun (Pumqu) Tibet, China Ice Flood and debris flow produced Jun- River valley (river feeds in Avalanch 1981 to Nepal) e 12 1980 Phuchan Glacier Tamur Khola Nepal Unknow Damage to forest, riverbed etc. Lake River Valley n Included heavy debris, large rocks, 4-19 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
etc. 13 befor Breached moraine, Rolwaling Nepal Unknow Relatively small event, some e Southern side of Valley, n livestock lost. 1979 Rolwaling Valley tributary of Tama Koshi 14 3- Glacier lake on Imja Drangka Nepal Ice-cored Recorded 90 km downstream of 2 - 3 people killed. Damage to Sep- Nare Glacier (S. of valley, moraine source. Maximum runoff 800 m3/s. mini-hydro plant, road, cultivated 1977 Mt. Ama Dablam) Dudh Koshi collapse Total volume of water 5 million m3. fields, etc. All bridges destroyed river system over a distance of 35 km downstream, many houses washed away. 15 18- Ayico No. 7 Zongboxan Nepal Ice 4.59 million m3 of sediment deposited Lower reach highway and concrete Aug- (Ayaco) Lake valley, Avalanch in debris fan at the confluence of lake bridge of Desha No. 1 destroyed 1970 Arun (Pumqu) e drainage and main river course during during the three floods from this river system three events from this lake (see also lake in 1968, 1969, 1970 (see also records 16 and 17). records 16 and 17). 16 17- Ayico No. 7 Zongboxan Tibet, China Ice 4.59 million m3 of sediment deposited Lower reach highway and concrete Aug- (Ayaco) Lake valley, (river feeds in Avalanch in debris fan at the confluence of lake bridge of Desha No. 1destroyed 1969 Arun (Pumqu) to Nepal) e drainage and main river course during during the three floods from this river system three events from this lake (see also lake in 1968, 1969, 1970 (see also records 15 and 17). records 15 and 17). 17 1968 Ayico No. 7 Lake Zongboxan Nepal Ice 4.59 million m3 of sediment deposited Lower reach highway and concrete valley, Avalanch in debris fan at the confluence of lake bridge of Desha No. 1destroyed Arun (Pumqu) e drainage and main river course during during the three floods from this river system three events from this lake (see also lake in 1968, 1969, 1970 (see also records 15 and 16). records 15 and 16). 18 21- Gelhaipco Lake Gelhaipco Tibet, China Ice Breach cut down into moraine by as Damage to Chetang-Riwo Sep- Gulley (river feeds in Avalanch much as 30 m. Water level in lake was Highway, 12 trucks washed away, 1964 (Ganma to Nepal) e lowered by ~40 m. Total burst water ”heavy economic losses” Zangbo River vol. ~ 23.36 million m3. downstream. Valley), Arun river 4-20 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
system 19 25- Longda Glacier Gyrionzangb Tibet, China Ice Flood and debris flow produced. Outburst flood created a debris Aug- lake o river valley, (river feeds in Avalanch blockage 800 m long along the 1964 Trisuli river to Nepal) e river, 200 m wide & 5 m deep in system average on the Gyrongzangbo River, source of the Trisuli River. 20 Jul- Zhangzangbo Zhangzangbo Tibet, China Moraine Water level rose 8 m and and the Deposition of debris flow material. 1964 Glacier Lake Gully, (river feeds in collapse outburst produced a debris flow. Sun Koshi to Nepal) due to (Poiqu) river seepage system 21 ~196 ? Arun (Pumqu) Nepal Unknow GLOF noticed by local people 4 Valley n along the Arun (Pumqu) River. Timber, concrete blocks & parts of trucks flowing down. 22 16- Sangwang lake Nyangqu river Tibet, China Ice Flood surge was 40 m high. Towns and cultivated fields Jul- valley, (river feeds in Avalanch seriously damaged. 3-5 m of gravel 1954 Headwaters of to Nepal) e deposited on valley plain. the Arun (Pumqu) river system 23 1947 Langtang Nepal Ice ? Cattlehouses lost, but there were Valley. Avalanch no casualties Tributary of e Trisuli River 24 since Small former lake Rolwaling Nepal Unknow At least 4 small events reported from Small event - field evidence of 1940 NW of Chubung Valley, n this lake since 1940 but details not deposits. (in (Omai Tsho ?) tributary of known. living Tama Koshi memo ry) 25 10- Qubixiama Lake in Headwaters of Tibet, China Ice Estimated max. discharge 3,690 m3/s, Water level of Xiasim, Yadong rose 4-21 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Jun- Yadong district, the Arun (river feeds in Avalanch flow velocity 7.7 m/s. Burst flood 4-5 m, streets flooded & buildings 1940 Tibet (Pumqu) river to Nepal) e subsided 30 mins after outburst. damaged. valley 26 28- Taraco Glacier Targyailing Tibet, China Ice-cored 66,700 m2 cultivated land (wheat), Aug- Lake Gully, Bhote (river feeds in moraine several head of yak lost. 1935 Koshi (Poiqu) to Nepal) collapse River system due to seepage 27 few Riwopuco Lake Natangqu Nepal Unknow 40 m high breach in the terminal Fairly large event - 40 m high hundr River Valley, n moraine can be seen about 2 km breach in moraine. ed Arun (Pumqu) downstream from the present lake. years river system ago 28 ~ Lake located Seti Valley, Nepal Ice-cored 450 km2 of Pokhara basin covered 1550 behind Seti Khola moraine in 50-60 m thickness of debris Machapuckhare river system collapse 29 pre- ? Rolwaling Nepal Unknow Significant GLOF event (from field Field evidence - GLOF deposits dates Valley, n evidence) on Rolwaling Khola river. living tributary of Interpretation : temporary memo Tama Koshi. damming caused by narrow river ry cutting.
30 Prehis GLOF deposits on Tama (Bhote) Nepal Unknow Field evidence: large volumes of Very significant event (field tory the Tama (Bhote) Kosi n GLOF deposits along the Tama evidence) Kosi river, at (Bhote) Koshi river at Dalaka and one Dalaka and one other location. other location. 31 ? Proglacial lake on Rolwaling Nepal Unknow Field evidence. (GLOF style deposits, Relatively small event. the Eastern side of Valley, n now well vegetated) Ripimo Shar tributary of moraine complex Tama Koshi (site of Chubung 4-22 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
lake) 32 ? Site of Chubung Rolwaling Nepal Unknow Field evidence in moraine complex of Small event. lake, at end of Valley, n Ripimo Shar glacier. Ripimo Shar glacier tributary of Tama Koshi. 33 ? ? Bhote Khosi Nepal Unknow Field evidence observed by Sino- (Poiqu) River n Nepalese Investigation of Glacier Valley Lake Outburst Floods in the Himalayas.
4-23 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
4.9.3 GLOF Hazard
Glacier lake outburst flood (GLOF) events can constitute a serious risk to hydroelectric projects for the following reasons:
- at a given site, the peak flow from a GLOF can exceed monsoon rain-generated floods of very low probability such as the 10 000-year flood; - GLOFs usually carry more sediment and debris than rain-caused floods; - advanced warning of GLOF events is hardly possible as the glacier lakes are too remotely located for continuous monitoring. - The risk of a GLOF actually occurring will depend on the inherent stability or instability of the lake damming material combined with the likelihood of external triggering events such as earthquakes, storms, landslides or avalanches.
The above characteristics of the GLOF have been compiled, where available, to assess the likelihood of a GLOF occurring in the near future (during the coming decades) and thus affecting the projects concerned. It should be noted that if a lake has already burst, even fairly recently, the GLOF threat from that lake is not automatically eliminated as illustrated by Zhangzangbo lake which burst twice (in 1964 and 1981) indicating that a lake’s outlet can become naturally plugged shortly after a burst. Thus Ayco glacier lake in the Arun River catchment produced a GLOF in three consecutive years (1968, 1969 and 1970).
In hydro-scheme catchment where the existence of glacier lakes point to the possibility of GLOFs occurring, it is therefore necessary to assess the impact of both the peak flow and the possible sediment load on the hydropower infrastructure installation.
4.9.4 Peak Flows from GLOFs
Although several occurrences of GLOF have been noted in the Nepal Himalayas over the last 30 years, quantitative data from these events is scarce. Peak discharges at the lake of origin can only be estimated from post-event modeling. Discharges further downstream have been recorded only in basins which were equipped with gauging stations that were not washed away or destroyed by the GLOFs. Nevertheless, the scarce data available is sufficient to demonstrate the importance of GLOF in hydroelectric development studies and planning.
4-24 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Two recent GLOFs that occurred in Nepal can illustrate the potential threat posed by GLOFs:
The first occurred on July 10, 1981 in the Sun Koshi (Bhote Koshi) originating from the Zhangzangbo glacier lake in Tibet. Considerable damages have done to the Sun Koshi power plant where heavy sluice gates were carried away and the powerhouse control room was flooded to the control deck level. The maximum instantaneous flow recorded at station 610 during the GLOF was 3300 m3/s. Compared with flood peak estimates obtained from frequency analysis of recorded monsoon floods, this GLOF peak would correspond to a monsoon flood having a return period of 500 to 1000 years.
The other GLOF occurred on August 4, 1985 in the Dudh Koshi, originating from the Dig Tsho glacier lake in Nepal. The event was recorded at gauging station 670 near Rabuwa Bazar. The maximum instantaneous flow recorded at station 670 during the 1985 GLOF was 11,600 m3/s. Frequency analysis of monsoon peaks recorded at station 670 show that the GLOF would correspond to a monsoon flood peak with a return period between 1000 and 2000 years.
4.9.5 Peak Flow Attenuation with Distance
Flow recording from the two GLOFs mentioned above were made at sites located rather far downstream of the bursting glacier lake. Estimates of maximum discharge at the lake outlet were made by modelling. These estimates indicate that although the peak flow decreases considerably with distance down the river channel, the GLOF remains a potent destructive force even at long distances from the bursting glacier lake. The table below shows the peak flow attenuation between originating lake and observation site for the two GLOFs . Peak Flow Distance Peak Flow GLOF of River at Lake to Gauge at Gauge
Bhote Koshi 16 000 m3/s 71 km 3 300 m3/s Dudh Koshi 20 000 m3/s 90 km 11 600 m3/s
It is interesting to note that the degree of attenuation was much greater in the Bhote Koshi than in the Dudh Koshi despite the Dudh Koshi gauging station being further away from the bursting lake. The explanation could lie in the comparative amount of water stored in each lake before
4-25 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP the breach occurred and the river bed characteristics or the values could be in error as already suggested by the reservations expressed concerning the validity of the peak flow recorded at station 670. In any event, the impact of a GLOF on a project site will depend on the distance along the river between the site and the Glacier Lake identified as a potential GLOF source.
4.9.6 Longda Glacier Lakes (threat to dam site and powerhouse site)
This is the lake from the China (Tibet) side and should thoroughly examine. Therefore, the GLOF hazard from these lake is regarded negligible, there remains a ”residual risk” of possibly with (a) climate change resulting faster melting of the damming ice body (b) high increase of seepage from the dam (c) potential triggering by earthquakes and etc.
4.10 Sediment Study
4.10.1 Sediment Data
The daily sediment concentration on the gauging station 447 at Betrawati is available for the year 1977 and 1979. This is the published data from DHM. Besides that there is sediment concentration measurement at Trisuli Power Centre (24 MW) in the Year 2005 August. Recently, NEA has carried out the Bucket Sampling near the Betrawati in the year 2007. These data are used in the sediment analysis in this study.
4.10.2 Methods of Estimating the Sediment Flow from the River
Different methods are used to estimate the sediment flow. The methods adopted in this study are:
- Regional analysis - Estimate by measurement on the river
4.10.3 Regional Analysis
As in the other subject, the regional analysis is not applicable in the field of sediment study. However, the yield will be estimated in the region based on the past studies and measurement
4-26 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP carried out by different agencies and the department on the rivers of Nepal. The yield ranges from 1500 t/km2/year to 6000 t/km2/year in the normal conditions. For the reference, the sediment yield estimate in the different rivers of Nepal are summarised below.
A. Kulekhani-I Storage Project
The total siltation rate (trapped sediment) in the reservoir is 9573 m3/km2/year from the year1982 to 2000 (NEA report 2001, February). The siltation rate was 3175 m3/km2/year on year 1996, 1746 m3/km2/year on year 1997, 4444 m3/km2/year on year 1998, 5238 m3/km2/year on year 1999 and 2063 m3/km2/year on year 2000.
B. Andhi Khola Storage Project, Feasibility Study
The feasibility study revealed that, sediment concentration was measured in the year 1995, 1997, 1998 and 1999. The results of sediment analysis of these data are as follows:
Total yield 2600 m3/km2/year on year 1995 Total yield 600 m3/km2/year on year 1997 very low, due to dry year Total yield 3224 m3/km2/year on year 1998 Total yield 2118 m3/km2/year on year 1999
C. Sarada Storage Project Study
The analysis with the measured data on the Sarada River at Daredhunga Gauging station (286) were carried out. Scattered data on suspended sediment for the Sharada River at the Daredhunga gauging station (286) are available for the years 1973, 1974, 1976-78 and 1985-87. Based on the adjusted sediment-rating curve, the sediment yield is 3022 t/km2/year (2014 m3/km2/year).
D. Jhimruk Hydroelectric Project
From the analysis of sediment and flow data during monsoon 1995 to 1997, the sediment yield in the Jhimruk river was estimated to be in the range of 5000 to 6500 t/km2/year (3333 to 4333 m3/km2/year).
4-27 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
E. Pancheswor High Dam
The project has carried out the extensive field measurement program on the year 1990 and 1991. The suspended yield estimate is as follows:
Year Sediment Yield 1990 3904 m3/km2/year (5857 t/km2/year) 1991 1852 m3/km2/year (2779 t/km2/year)
F. Feasibility Study of different Projects
Feasibility study of hydropower projects through out the country has lot of variation in the siltation rate. These data are reproduced here under:
River/Project Total Sediment Yield (m3/km2/year) 1. Kaligandaki-A 4000 2.Budhi Gandaki River(West) 2260 3.Rahu Ghat 1330 4. Likhu River 1327 5. Kabeli River 2700 6. Tamur River 1693 7. Karnali 1213 8. Dudh Koshi (Storage) 1483 9. Karnali Chisapani Study 3968 10. Arun III 880
4.10.4 Estimate based on the Measured Data a) Data from DHM
The daily concentrations at the gauging station 447 are used to estimate the daily concentration as well as yield of the sediment concentration. These data are shown in the appendix. The monthly mean concentration and maximum concentration during the year 1977 and 1979 is shown in the Table 4.14. The methods of sampling are not known in these stations.
4-28 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 4.14: Summary of Sediment Concentration Data, Station 447 Year 1977 Mean 24 29 38 72 113 343 1018 715 291 84 39 39 Min 9 10 12 22 28 40 480 228 97 37 18 20 Max 92 49 219 280 484 993 2560 2170 1180 247 61 140 N.S 15 15 24 30 31 30 31 31 29 29 29 31 Year 1979 Mean 30 40 193 155 202 611 1377 578 235 140 64 52 Min 14 23 12 14 22 30 56 90 55 33 10 26 Max 86 62 3870 556 471 3050 6810 1890 1020 2200 1020 105 N.S 20 20 30 29 28 30 31 31 29 31 30 31
From the table the maximum concentration of sediment is 6810 ppm and maximum monthly concentration is 1377 ppm for these two years of records. The sediment concentration time series of the two years 1977 and 1979 at the gauge station 447 are shown in the Figure 4.10 and 4.11 respectively.
These data are analysed to estimate the sediment yield from the Trisuli River at Betrwati (G.S.447). The direct sediment yield has been estimated based on the measured values. The average sediment yield from the year 1977 and 1979 is 840 tonne /km2/year. The sediment rating curves of the year 1977 and 1979 are shown in Figure 4.12 and Figure 4.13 respectively. b) Sediment Study from the Upgrading Study of Trisuli Power Station 24 MW (Year 1990)
There are three sets of suspended sediment data available on the Trisuli River in the vicinity of the project, collected by three different agencies, as below: The Details of the data are not given in the report
a) by National Hydropower Corporation (NHPC) for 1977-1979. b) By the department of Hydrology and Meteorology (DHM) for 1977 to 1980. c) By Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) for 1977 to 1979 and 1985 to 1989.
These data are collected by differing techniques and at different locations. NHPC data was
4-29 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP collected from various locations along the Trisuli conveyance system, downstream of the head regulator, downstream of the gravel rejecter and from the outlet of the desander. The data was collected by both surface and mid-depth samples. The coverage spans the period 1977 – 1979 but sampling was only carried out during the monsoon period.
NEA also collected samples. All NEA samples were taken from Trisuli bridge and all were surface samples. NEA data covers the period 1977 to 1999 and 1985 to 1989, but only during the monsoon season. Finally DHM collected sediment data at their gauging station near Betrawati some 2 km upstream of the project. Their data was collected using a depth integrated sampler. Coverage of their data was from 1977 to 1980 on a twelve month per year basis.
Data about the gradation of the sediment samples is limited. Both NHPC and NEA record proportions of coarse and medium sand and fines, but not analyses were provided by DHM. The proportion of clay sizes appears to the negligible from, an examination of the texture of sediment deposits. This observation is supported by tests carried out by Himalayan Power Consultant (HPC, 1989) on suspended sediment samples from the Karnali Project- which indicated a very small percentage of clay in suspension.
All three sets of data overlap for the period 1977 to 1999. These data were reduced to equivalent units and are compared in the following Table.
Table 4.15: Comparison of Sediment Concentration 1977-1979 Months Flow Data sources NEA (mg/l) NHPC (mg/l) DHM (mg/l) June 1977 192 944 474 367 July 1977 591 2823 1180 1020 August 1977 609 2050 954 715 Sept. 1977 360 1189 757 291 May 1978 151 N.A. 351 442 June 1978 335 2392 1081 624 July 1978 520 2997 2474 437 August 1978 625 3036 371 July 1979 468 3664 1744 1380 August 1979 504 3146 578
4-30 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
From an inspection of above table, it can be seen that NEA values are much larger than those measured by NHPC or DHM. However there is much closer agreement between NHPC and DHM measurement. For purpose of this study, it was concluded that the NHPC data set was most relevant as it was collected within the Trisuli conveyance system. Table 4.16 recommends monthly mean sediment inflow rates which can be used for sizing of sediment handling facilities in the feasibility report.
Table 4.16: Recommended Monthly Sediment Concentration Months River Flow (m3/s) Mean Monthly Sediment Concentration (mg/l) January 44.0 35 February 38.4 51 March 39.6 80 April 49.3 96 May 83.0 351 June 226.6 778 July 498.7 1798 August 548.4 1231 September 368.0 757 October 165.4 272 November 85.8 79 December 57.8 65 Note: NHPC data for May-September, DHM data for rest of month
The proportion of coarse and medium sediments to total suspended sediment, based on NHPC data was about 25%. No such breakdown was available for DHM data. c) Data from Trisuli Power Station (24 MW)
The sediment concentration measurements were carried out in the year 2005 in the existing project “Trisuli Power Station 24 MW”. During the fieldwork, the bucket samplings were carried out in the moving water at the following three locations.
(a) Before the inlet of desander (b) After the outlet of desander
4-31 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
(c) Before the penstock (forebay)
The sampling were done during the monsoon season (2005 August-September) to see the effectiveness of existing desander. The sampling data is shown in the appendix. The daily sediment concentration at three different locations is shown in the Figure 4.14. The maximum sediment concentration is 1445 ppm (16th August 2005, at the desander inlet). This is the sediment sample collected after the headworks and inside the water conveyance system. d) Bucket Sampling at Pairobesi at Upper Trisuli-3B Hydroelectric Project
In the year 2007, the sediment concentrations are measured using the bucket sampling at the powerhouse site at Pairobesi of Upper Trisuli-3B Hydroelectric Project. The bucket sampling was carried out from the bridge of Pairobesi suspension bridge. This is the surface sampling at left bank, right bank and middle of the river. The date of measurement is from 24th May 2007 to 1st August 2007. All the data are given in the Appendix. The maximum concentration recorded in this project is 3453 ppm.
The gradation analysis of the collected sediment sample was carried out using the sieve analysis. It is seen from the following table, the sand particle finer than 0.2 mm is more than 80 %. The particle size distribution of the bucket sampling is shown in the Table 4.17. This is the sample collected from the water surface.
Table 4.17: Particle Size Distribution of Bucket Sampling Sieve No. Sample, No-1 Sample, No-2 Sample, No-3 5 100 100 100 2 100 99.24 99.77 1 100 97.87 99.45 0.5 99.98 93.63 98.38 0.25 99.88 81.73 95.41 0.125 77.75 65.21 88.34 0.063 52.4 49.3 75.59 0.052 36.2 36.2 49.2 0.038 31.7 31.7 44.2 0.027 28.2 29.2 38.7
4-32 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Sieve No. Sample, No-1 Sample, No-2 Sample, No-3 0.019 25.2 23.7 33.2 0.014 21.2 21.7 27.2 0.01 18.7 20.2 23.2 0.007 16.2 15.7 21.2 0.005 14.2 14.7 17.2 0.003 13.7 13.7 15.7 0.002 13.2 13.2 14.2 0.001 12.7 12.7 12.7 e) Recommended Sediment Concentration
For the purpose of desander design, the recommended value of concentration is 3500 ppm and the particle finer than 0.2 mm is 60 %.
4.11 Conclusion
Following are the conclusions of hydrological study:
1. Trishuli is a perennial river having a significant share of dry season flow. 2. The hydrological data of 1967-2005 for the Betrawati gauging station located 15 km south of powerhouse have been acquired from Department of Hydrology and Meteorology (DHM). 3. Long term daily flow has been estimated at the dam site based on catchment area ratio. The flow duration has been computed from the 39 years daily flow records at Betrawati. 4. The 100 years and 1000 years recurrence period of flood are estimated at 2718 cumecs and 4030 cumecs at the dam site. Similarly, the 1000 year flood at powerhouse site is about 4054 cumecs
4.12 Recommendation 1. The sediment parameters needs to be determined carefully for manufacturing the turbine. 2. GLOF study needs to be carried out in more detail.
4-33 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Figure 4.1
U
P
R
A
K
G
N
A
D
M
A
U
E
K
H
H
R
K
B
A
G
K H
N
A
K
A
N
A
D
I
W
A
S
I
K
M
S
A
O
G
H
N
G
A
H
L
C
L
A
P
U
U
L
H
D
A H
A
C N
M
L
D
I
O O
A
H
H H
J
TRISHULI RIVER BASIN WITHIN NEPAL TRISHULI WITHIN RIVER BASIN
N
C
K
G
A
L
N
R
I
A
A
B
H
K
U
S
C
Y
G
N
I
H
S
G
G N
A
N
T
A
T
G
G
N
A
N
L
A
L
A
N
I
H
C
G
N
A
T
N
A
L
E
R
U
M
I
T
A
D
N
A
D
A
L
A
M
E
G
M
I
N
L
A
I
L
H
A
T
C
D
A
N
G
U
K
R
O UPPER TRISHULI HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT 3 B TRISHULI UPPER
W
H
S
E
E
G
A
A
C K L
H J
U H
A A
H N
A
H T
P A D R
R D
N N A
N I
A
A D M D A
I
R L
A
A
H
M K
I
O
P H
A
D
O
U L
N
A
A
G
K D
A
H E
K S
A U
L
O
A
H
S
G R
E
N
W
I
O
P
D
A
H
D Sorhakhutte, Kathmandu Sorhakhutte, TRISHULI JALVIDYUT COMPANYLtd. Figure 4.2
E
S
U
O
H
R
E
W
O
P
K
W
O
H
C
L
A
P
NEPAL AND CHINA NEPAL AND
E
U
K
H
A
T
D
N
I
N
I
S TRISHULI RIVER BASIN INCLUDING TRISHULI RIVER BASIN
G
N
G
A
L
T
N
A
G
I
A
L
A
E
D
J
M
G
I
L
A
N
I
A
H
K
C
H
A
D
U N
D
D
U
N
K
O
G
R
H
G
N
O
C
A
N
W
U
T
A
H
H
T
N
S
A
K G
E
L
G N
G
G
H C
U
A
N
A
N
C H
U
I
D L
A J H
O
P
H
N D A
I H
R
S O N
A K K
G
H H
L
K
N
C A
A
A
A R
H
G
D
T D
E
C
N
N A
G
L
R
A N
A
N
A
A U D
D
D
A
N
M A
M
I
L
M
I
A
A
E
H
T
L
M
H
A
A
A
B
M
H
R
L
G
B
A
U
M
Y
I
H
A KALO POKHARI
R DANDA
B
U
Y MARPHULA DANDA
H K A G A U L H I M A L A S
A
N
I
H
C UPPER TRISHULI 3 B HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT UPPER TRISHULI ELECTRIC 3 B HYDRO Sorhakhutte, Kathmandu TRISHULI JALVIDYUT COMPANY Ltd. COMPANY JALVIDYUT TRISHULI 8 8 8 6 4 5 ° ° 0 8 3 8 ° 4 5 3 0 0 ' ° ' ° 0 0 0 ' 0 0 ' '
8 3 °
3 0 A ' N I H C C H I N A
8 3 ° 0 0 '
0' ° 0 29
0' ° 3 28
BADI GAD A I D N I
0' ° 0 28
0' ° 0 27 I N D I A
0' ° 3 27
TRISHULI JALVIDYUT COMPANY Ltd. LOCATION OF PRECIPITATION UPPER TRISHULI 3 B HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT Figure 4.3 Sorhakhutte, Kathmandu STATIONS
Figure 4.4
er
v
i INSTALLATION NEA BY
R
i
l LOCATION OF STAFF GAUGE u
s i
r
T
er
v
i
R
i
l
u PROJECT UPPER TRISHULI 3 ELECTRIC B HYDRO s i
r T Sorhakhutte, Kathmandu Sorhakhutte, TRISHULI JALVIDYUT COMPANY Ltd. TRISHULI JALVIDYUT COMPANY Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Figure 4.5 :Rating Curve at Upper Trishuli 3 A HEP Tailrace Outlet
728.00
727.00
726.00
725.00 (m)
724.00 Elevation
723.00
722.00
721.00
720.00 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Discharge (m3/s)
4-24 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Figure 4.6 : Rating Curve at Upper Trishuli 3 B HEP Surface Intake Portal
721.00
720.00
719.00
718.00 (m)
Elevation
717.00
716.00
715.00
714.00 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Discharge (m3/s) Figure 4.7: Rating Curve at Upper Trishuli 3 B HEP Tailrace Outlet
630.92
629.92
628.92
627.92 (m)
Elevation
626.92
625.92
624.92
623.92 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Discharge (m3/s)
Flow (m3/s) 500.0 600.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 700.0 0.0
Jan Feb Mar AprMar Jan Feb May June July Aug Nov Sep Oct Figure 4.8: Mean Monthly Mean 4.8: Figure Percent Percent Exceedance Flow
Dec
Flow (m3/s) 300 350 100 150 200 250 50 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 Figure 4.9: Flow Duration Curve at Damsite at Curve Duration Flow 4.9: Figure Percent Exceedance
100
Concentration (PPM) 2000 1000 1500 2500 3000 500 0
Time Time series and of Concentration of discharge Sediment the year 5 100 150200250 300 350 50 0 Figure 4. Figure Time in days 10:
Concentration Discharge
1977
400
Concentration (PPM) -1000 1000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 2000 7000 0
0 10 10 20 20 30 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 Time Seriecof Sediment Concentration Figure 4.11 and Discharge of the year Time in
days
Concentrat Discharge i 1979 on
400
concentration (ppm) 2000 3000 1000 0
0 100 100 measured measured Regresion 200 (ppm) (ppm)
Figure 4.12: Sediment Rating Rating Sediment 4.12: Figure Sediment Sampling at Sediment Year Betrawati, 300 300 400 Discharge Discharge 500
(cumecs) Curve 600 600
1977 700
800 800
900
concentration (ppm) 1000 2000 3000
0
0 200 400 600 800 800 600 400 200 1000 0 measured (ppm)measured Regresion (ppm) (ppm) Regresion Sediment Rating Curve Rating Sediment Sediment Sampling at Betrawati, Year 1979 Discharge Discharge Figure 4.13:
(cumecs)
1200
Sediment Concentration (ppm) 1000 1500 2000 500 -u-5 6Ag0 1Ag0 6Ag0 1Ag0 6Ag0 1Ag0 5-Sep-05 31-Aug-05 26-Aug-05 21-Aug-05 16-Aug-05 11-Aug-05 6-Aug-05 1-Aug-05 0
Figure 4.14: Sediment Concentartation at Different Different at SedimentConcentartation 4.14: Figure Measurement months are Srawan and and Srawan months are Measurement
Date
Before Penstock Pipe Pipe Penstock Before Desander Desander Bhadra
Outlet Inlet Location
10- Inlet
S e p
-05
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 5: Geological and Geotechnical Studies
5.1 General
During the feasibility study of project, the extensive geology and geotechnical study has been carried out by Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) in 2007 July. This report is the abstract of the findings in feasibility study and new study carried out by the Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited (TJVCL) in 2013. Followings are the documents of geological and geotechnical study of the project.
a) Geology and Geotechnical study, Appendix B, 2007 July studied by NEA b) Surface Geological Mapping, 2013 May studied by TJVCL c) Core Drilling of the alternative powerhouse site done by TJVCL, Year 2013 June d) Rock support design of underground structures done by TJVCL, Year 2013 July
5.2 Geology of Project Area
The Upper Trishli 3B Hydroelectric Project belongs to Kunchha Group of Lesser Himalayan Metasediments in Central Nepal. In the project area the Lesser Himalayan Metasedimentary Units are represented by schist, quartzite and gneiss. The Surface geological map of project area is given in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-01(A) and 01(B) (Scale 1:10,000). The details of Surface geological mapping are given in the report “Surface Geological Mapping, 2013 May done by TJVCL”
5.2.1 Intake portal
Previously the study was carried out for two different options for intake portal surface option and underground option. Later on the surface intake option was decided to adopt. The intake portal is located at about 500m upstream from the confluence of Andheri Khola and Trishuli River. The intake portal of Trishuli 3B HEP is the outlet portal of Upper Trishuli 3A HEP as shown in DWG NO UT3B-02. This project has been proposed to utilize the tailrace water of Upper Trishuli 3A hydroelectric project. The dominant rock type around intake area is gneiss. The slope around surface intake portal is gentle and lies at an elevation of 736 m. The slope is represented by colluvium and alluvium deposits with an estimated thickness 20-25m whereas the slope is comparatively steeper at underground intake option and lies at an elevation of 785m which represents colluvium deposits
5-1 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP with estimated thickness 10-15m. Bedrock outcrops along the intake area were mapped extensively and detailed joint measurements were taken. Rock exposures near intake portal is gneiss with light and dark colored minerals which is slightly to moderately weathered and hard. Based on surface mapping, the rock mass in the intake is classified as good to fair rock type according to rock mass classification. The attitudes of the discontinuities are as follows.
Dip/Dip Dir Joint Set 1. 25°/228° (Foliation Joint) 2. 60°/132° J1 3. 52°/060° J2 4. 45°/090° Hill Slope
Stereographic projection of major discontinuities with foliation and friction circle shows less possibility of plane failure and wedge failure.
5.2.2 Headrace Tunnel
Initially the study was carried out for three different options of headrace tunnel and ultimately one is selected which is shown in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-02(A) and 02(B) (geological section from intake to powerhouse). Tunnel alignment with surface intake option I is about 3744.69 m long whereas it is 3250.9 m option II and III. There are four tunnel bending points viz. between intake and Andherai Khola, at Andheri khola, at Sukhaura khola and at Sisno kholsi. The tunnel will pass through the Right Bank of Trishuli River. The majority of tunnel crosses mainly two types of rock namely intercalation of schist and quartzite and small portion will pass through gneiss. It is expected that about 15% of tunnel alignment passes through gneiss, about 20% through quartzite and remaining 65% through schist. However, the quartzite rock is found in the form of interbeded with schist. The maximum thickness of quartzite in the schist is found to be 2 to 3 m.
In general, the rock along the tunnel is considered to be medium strong to strong in strength. The rock is slightly to moderately weathered. The rock is exposed in most of the parts of the tunnel alignment except between intake and Andheri Khola and between Santi Bazar and Sukaura Khola in the map boundary. Rocks are exposed in the small creeks and at higher elevation in the form of cliff along the tunnel alignment. No major faults crossing the tunnel are noticed during the present mapping however several thin bands of fractured zones are noticed in the tunnel route mainly along
5-2 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP the tributaries. The mapping in the river sections and along the existing roads and trails was projected to the tunnel horizon in order to produce the required geological information along the tunnel route. The geological traverse was also carried out along the small tributaries and ridge to get more information for the preparation of geological map. The geological condition along the tunnel alignment is largely based on surface mapping. The maximum cover above the tunnel alignment is about 380m at chainage 2+507.9 and minumum cover is about 83.5m at Sukaura khola at chainage 1+732.6.
A detailed discontinuity survey was carried out in several directions on the different rock exposures along the headrace tunnel alignment, on the slopes and along the small creeks and streams. More than 200 joint measurements were collected from the rock exposures and have been statistically analyzed. The detailed joint mapping revealed mainly three sets of joint along the tunnel with some random sets. The joints are tight to moderately open, close to moderately spaced, continuity less than 3 m, rough, irregular and occasionally smooth and altered surfaces with iron stained and filling materials as clay, silt and few are free of filling materials. Based on surface mapping, the rock mass along the tunnel alignment varies from good rock to very poor rock according to Rock Mass Classification. RMR value along the tunnel alignment ranges from <20 to 70 and Q value <1 to 23. The statistical analysis of joints in the headrace tunnel area revealed the following main joint sets.
Dip/Dip Dir Joint Set 1. 32°/235° (Foliation Joint) 2. 64°/160° J1 3. 55°/090° J2 4 45/035 J3
There are three major bending points along the tunnel alignment. The first major bending point is located at Andheri Khola, second major bending point lies at Sukaura khola and third one is near the Siano Kholsi. There is also one minor bending point between Andheri khola and Sukaura khola. The tunnel construction seems favorable to fair condition from the stability point of view, as the strike of the beds is nearly perpendicular to the first stretch of the tunnel (portion between intake and Andheri khola where the rock is gneiss. Similarly second stretch (between Andheri khola and Sukaura Khola where the rock is intercalation of schist and quartzite) is also nearly perpendicular to the strike of the tunnel axis whereas third stretch (between Sukaura khola and surge tank where the
5-3 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP rock is intercalation of schist and quartzites) runs more or less parallel to the strike of the foliation. However, wedge failure is expected due to presence of intersecting joints.
5.2.3 Adit Portal Area
An adit tunnel (adit - II) has been proposed for construction purpose at the right bank slope of Sukaura khola for the surface intake option whereas two adit tunnels have been proposed for the construction purpose, one at underground S/T area (Adit II) and the other near the powerhouse area (adit - III) for the headrace tunnel. The adit - II tunnel will be excavated through intercalation of quartizt and schist. The proportion of schist is more than quartzite. Gneiss is composed of light and dark colored minerals, slightly to moderately weathered and hard. Based on surface geological mapping, the rock mass in the intake is classified as good to fair rock type according to rock mass classification. Schist is moderately strong, grey to dark grey, slightly to moderately weathered. Based on surface mapping, the rock mass is classified as fair rock type according to rock mass classification. The statistical analysis of the joints in the adit portal area revealed the following main joint sets.
Dip/Dip Dir Joint Set 1. 22°/220° (Foliation Joint) 2. 44°/120° J1 3. 52°/060° J2 4 50°/025° Hill Slope
Stereographic projection of major discontinuities with hill slope and friction circle shows less possibility of plane failure as well as wedge failure. The detailed geological map of adit portal area is shown in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-01(A) and 1(B).
5.2.4 Surge Tank (Option I)
The surge tank is located on the right bank of the Trishuli River near Siureni Village in the community forest area which is about 185 m above the river level. The rock exposed around the surge tank area is schist with thin layers of quartzite. The schist exposed around the surge tank area is dark grey to dark brown, medium grained, medium to thinly foliated, slightly to moderately weathered. Based on surface mapping, the rock mass in the surge tank is classified as fair to poor
5-4 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP rock type according to Rock Mass Classification. The joints are tight to moderately open, discontinuous and moderately spaced with rough to smooth and planar to irregular surfaces. The major three sets of joints were identified around the surge tank site are as follows
Dip/Dip Dir Joint Set 1. 25°/220° (Foliation Joint) 2. 85°/160° J1 3. 45°/095° J2 4. 45°/110° Hill Slope
The detailed geological map of the surge tank area and geological section from surge tank to powerhouse are presented in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-01(A) and 01 (B). One borehole has been carried out to investigate the sub-surface geological condition at the surge tank location.
5.2.5 Powerhouse Site (Option I)
The powerhouse is proposed as an alternative powerhouse on the terrace deposit at the right bank of Trishuli River about 700m downstream of the previously proposed powerhouse. The rock mass condition at the upslope of this powerhouse location has been extrapolated from the mapping along the road sections and was projected to the powerhouse in order to produce the required geological information. The predominant rock type upslope of the powerhouse area is schist and quartzite but comparatively proportion of schist is higher than quartzite.
The surfacial deposit in the powerhouse area is mainly alluvial terrace and minor colluvial deposits. The deposit consists mainly of sub-angular to sub rounded few angular boulder to gravel sized rock fragments of schist, gneiss and quartzite in sandy - silty matrix with little fines. Maximum size of boulders upto 3m are lying on the terrace of powerhouse site. The thickness of the alluvial deposit is estimated to be more than 50 m.
The geological mapping has not identified any significant faults and major instabilities in the powerhouse area. Detailed joint mapping at the upper slope of powerhouse site has been carried out in the exposed rock outcrops. These measurements have been carried out on the rock exposed in slope, in small tributaries in vicinity of the powerhouse area. The rocks exposed around the powerhouse area are schist and quartzite. Schist and quartzite are intercalated but quartzite
5-5 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP dominates over schist. Quartzite is blocky to seamy whereas schist is thinly banded. Based on surface mapping, the rock mass at the upslope of powerhouse site is classified as fair to poor rock type according to Rock Mass Classification. The statistical analysis of major joints was carried out which showed the following main joints.
Dip/Dip Dir Joint Set 1. 28°/224° (Foliation Joint) 2. 74°/165° J1 3. 55°/085° J2 4. 30°/125° Hill Slope
Stereographic projection of major discontinuities with slope and friction circle shows less possibility of plane failure however there is a possibility of wedge failure formed by the intersection of foliation and J2. The detailed geological map of the alternative powerhouse (option I) and geological section from surge tank to powerhouse are presented in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-01(A) and 01 (B).
5.2.6 Drop shaft/ Pressure tunnel Alignment
Pressure tunnel alignment is divided into two stretches. First stretch is between surge tank and drop shaft and another is between drop shaft and powerhouse. Surge tank is followed by first stretch of pressure tunnel followed by the vertical drop shaft and further followed by pressure tunnel that carries the water to powerhouse. The surface geological mapping from surge tank to the powerhouse indicates that the area above the alignment is mostly covered by colluvium. Extrapolation of bedrock from the exposed area indicates that the drop shaft and pressure tunnel alignment area passes through schist and quartzite intercalation. The rocks exposed are moderately weathered, foliated, medium thick to thinly bedded and medium strong. The rock mass of the drop shaft and pressure tunnel alignment area is categorized as poor to fair quality rock. The trend of rock and joint system are similar to that of surge tank area. The slope in and around the proposed alignment is stable at present. During construction period, attention should be paid to stabilize the areas disturbed by construction activities.
5.2.7 Tailrace box Duct
The tailrace box duct passes through the alluvial deposit. The alluvial deposit in tailrace box duct
5-6 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP consists mainly of rounded to sub surround boulders and gravel of schist, quartzite and gneiss mixed in sandy - silty matrix. Hence, the tailrace tunnel will have to be excavated in alluvial deposit for which soft ground tunneling method is recommended and cut and cover structure is also recommended for the tailrace channel.
Bhangale kholsi is present downstream of tailrace box duct area that does not cross the tailrace. Along the route of kholsi, many big boulders are lying. At the time of study the amount of water flowing through the kholsi is not sufficient to move the debris to have negative impact to tailrace structure however it is safe to construct the tailrace safety structures to avoid possible damages due to debris flow from this kholsi.
5.2.8 Conclusion and Recommendation
The Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is a run of type project scheme cascaded with Upper Trishuli 3A HEP that belongs to Kuncha Group of Lesser Himalayan Metasediments in Central Nepal. In the project area the Lesser Metasedimentary Units are represented by schist, gneiss and quartzite. The main lithology of the project area is gneiss, schist and quartzite. The main rock type of intake area is gneiss whereas along the tunnel alignment, surge tank and powerhouse it is schist with thin bands of quartzite.
Similarly headrace tunnel alignment is about 3744.69 m long in option I whereas it is 3250.9 m for option II and III. The tunnel construction seems favorable to fair condition. There are three major tunnel bending points with one minor bending point between intake portal and Andherai khola. One major bending point is at Andherai khola, one major at Sukaura khola and one near the Sisne kholsi. The rock cover is adequate along the tunnel alignment. For the surface intake option the maximum cover above the tunnel alignment is about 380m at chainage 2+507.9 and minimum cover is 83.5m at Sukaura khola at chainage 1+732.6.
There are two options for surge tank and powerhouse one is previously proposed location (option- II and III) and the other is new alternative location (option-I). Surge tank to powerhouse area at both options is covered by colluvium and alluvium deposit. The estimated thickness of the overburden materials at surge tank is 10-15m whereas it is expected more than 50m at powerhouse location.
5-7 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
There were no major geological hazards observed in and around the project area except few small scaled slide observed along the existing road from intake to powerhouse. A landslide has recently been activated at the upslope of previously proposed powerhouse site (option-II and III). Hence, it is recommended to adopt the alternative powerhouse (option I) from geological point of view. In general, the geology of project area is considered to be fair.
5.3 Seismicity
5.3.1 General
The evolution of the Great Himalayan Arc is the result of collision between the Indian and Eurasian Tectonic Plates over a distance of 2400 km from Pakistan in the west and Burma in the east. The Himalayas are located near plate boundary. Therefore, the Himalayan region is considered to be seismically active zone. Thus, being a part of Himalayas, Nepal Himalaya is considered to be active seismic zone. However, the existence of tectonic features such as Main Central Thrust (MCT), Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) and Himalayan Frontal Fault (HFF) further accelerates the rate of seismic risk. Therefore, proximity to such structural features are important while assessing the seismicity of the hydroelectric project.
5.3.2 Main Central Thrust (MCT)
This is the tectonic contact between the Higher Himalayas and Lesser Himalayas. It is a north dipping thrust fault which at one time was a convergent plate boundary. The MCT was active during the early phases of Himalayan orogeny but is now considered to be less active as compared to Main Boundary Thrust (MBT). Based on historical records (1800’s to 1986) the largest earthquake recorded in the MCT zone in the Himalaya was a 7.5 magnitude event in August 28, 1916. The project area is located at about 30 km south of MCT. Therefore, seismic risk associated with MCT is considered to be less.
5.3.3 Main Boundary Thrust (MBT)
This is the active tectonic contact between the Lesser Himalayas and the Siwaliks. The MBT has been the source of very large earthquakes in the past. It is reported that the maximum potential earthquakes in this feature has a magnitude of 8.0. The project site is located at about 75 km
5-8 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP north of MBT which is considerably at greater distance. Therefore, less seismic risk associated with this feature is expected for the project.
5.3.4 Himalayan Frontal Fault (HFF)
This is a tectonic feature located at the boundary of the Siwalik and the Terai. This fault is also considered to be active. The maximum earthquake potential of this fault is 6.5 in magnitude. The project site is located very far (more than 100 km) from this feature hence less seismic risk caused due to this feature is expected.
5.3.5 Seismicity Evaluation
The specific project related seismic studies have not been carried out so far. The records of seismic activities are limited in the Nepal Himalayas and hence correlation of seismic events with adjacent Himalayan region would be a useful source of information for designing the hydraulic structures.
Several seismicity studies have been carried out for the various projects in the country during the engineering design phases and seismic design coefficients are derived for those projects. There is no well established theory about the relationship between the maximum acceleration of the earthquake motion and the value of the design seismic coefficient. However, there are several methods to convert the maximum acceleration of the earthquake motion into the design seismic coefficient. Generally three methods i.e. simplest method, Empirical method and Dynamic analysis using dynamic model are common to establish the seismic coefficient. The simplest method is represented by α = Amax/980, where α = Design Seismic Coefficient and Amax = Maximum acceleration of the motion (gal). However, this method will evaluate rather large value of seismic coefficient compared with the real value. The empirical method is denoted by αeff = R α = R Amax/980. Where the αeff is effective design coefficient and R is Reduction Factor (Empirical value of R is approximately (0.5 – 0.65). The results obtained from this method are found to be similar in the recent studies carried out by using the dynamic analysis and the static analysis. Therefore, this method is considered to be most common method to establish the design seismic coefficient at present. The third method is Dynamic Analysis Method using Dynamic model. This method is considered to be most reasonable method at present. However, to apply this method the
5-9 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP parameters like design input motion, the soil structure model, the properties of rock materials etc. are to be known. Therefore a detailed study is required to use this method. Therefore, empirical method is considered to be reliable method to establish the design seismic coefficient for this level of the study.
A project specific seismicity study has been carried out for the Budhi Gandaki Hydroelectric Project and the recommended design seismic coefficient is 0.2 for the probable earthquake of VIII intensity MM. The Budhi Gandaki Hydroelectric Project lies in Gandaki Basin and the Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is located in the same river basin. The Budhi Gandaki Hydroelectric Project lies about 70 km West of Upper Trishuli – 3B Hydroelectric Project.
The design seismic coefficient for the Upper Trishuli – 3B Hydroelectric Project is derived based on above empirical method and seismic coefficient recommended for the Budhi Gandaki Hydroelectric Project.
The evaluation of seismic coefficient for the Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is made during the present study based on Nepalese standard and Indian standard.
Nepalese Standard
In order to determine the seismic coefficient a seismic design code for Nepal has been prepared. The country is divided into three seismic risk zones based on allowable bearing capacity of three types of soil foundation. The Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is located in the third seismic risk zone of Nepal, Figure No. 5.1 and the soil foundation at the powerhouse site belongs to average soil type. Therefore, the basic horizontal seismic coefficient is considered to be 0.08. By using above empirical method, the effective design coefficient according to seismic design code of Nepal is given by the equation,
αeff = R * α = R * Amax/980
Where, αeff = effective design seismic coefficient R = Reduction Factor (Empirical value of R = 0.5 – 0.65)
For the maximum acceleration of 250 - 300 gal according to Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal (Figure
5-10 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.2), Published by DMG, National seismological Center, September 2002) and reduction factor of 0.5 the calculated effective design seismic coefficient for the Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is approximately 0.13 to 0.15.
Figure 5.1: Seismic Risk Map of Nepal
5-11 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Figure 5.2: Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal
Indian Standard
In order to determine the design horizontal coefficient a seismic risk map for India has been prepared. The map is published in the Indian Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of structures. The country is divided into five seismic risk zones in the Indian Standard, Figure No. 5.3. According to seismic risk map of India, Nepal lies in the fifth seismic risk zone of India (zone V). Therefore, it can be considered that the Upper Trishuli-3B HEP is located in the fifth seismic risk zone of India (zone V), and the basic horizontal seismic coefficient (αo) can be taken as 0.08.
The design horizontal seismic coefficient in the Indian Standard is defined by the equation,
5-12 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
α h = β * I * αo
Where, αh = Design horizontal seismic coefficient Β = Soil foundation factor (1 for dam) I = Importance factor (2 for dam) αo = Basic horizontal seismic coefficient
Therefore, the design horizontal seismic coefficient for Upper Trishuli 3B HEP dam is 0.16 according to the Indian standard.
By comparing all above evaluations and recommended seismic coefficient for Budhi Gandaki HEP, the design horizontal seismic coefficient for the Upper Trishuli 3B HEP can be taken as 0.15 for the present level of study.
5-13 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Figure 5.3: Seismic Risk Map of India
5-14 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.4 Core Drilling
5.4.1 Core Drilling during feasibility study, July 2007
A total of 250.00 m of linear core drilling has been carried out during the feasibility study. One borehole DHP-1 has been drilled in the intake portal, three namely DP-1, DP-2, DP-4 have been drilled in the Powerhouse area and one DP-3 has been drilled in Surge Tank area. Similarly, a Borehole DHA-1 has been drilled at Andheri khola to know the rock cover at headrace tunnel alignment. The locations of boreholes are shown in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-03, 04, 05. The general descriptions of the boreholes are shown in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1: General Description of Boreholes Borehol Length e Drilling Inclination Co-ordinates Location (m) No. Machine & Direction X Y Z DP-1 Acker ‘Ace’ Vertical Powerhouse 50.00 3097872.018 616658.991 649.188 DP-2 Acker ‘Ace’ Vertical Power house 30.00 3097898.200 616565.300 655.300 DP-4 Acker ‘Ace’ 60°/285° Powerhouse 35.00 3097891.240 616590.128 652.430 DHP-1 Tone UD-5 60°/275° Intake 35.00 3100866.415 616665.250 736.000 DHA-1 Tone UD-5 Vertical Tunnel Alignment 50.00 3100745.980 616228.730 814.200 Andheri Khola DP-3 Acker 'Ace' Vertical Surge tank 50.00 3097967.715 616467.863 763.865 Total 250. 00m
5.4.2 Drilling Works Result and Analysis
(a) Intake portal
The intake portal is located at about 500m upstream from the confluence of Andheri Khola and Trishuli river. This project has been proposed to utilize the tailrace water of Upper Trishuli 3A HEP. The slope around intake portal is gentle while slope protection is necessary towards tailrace options of Upper Trishuli 3A HEP. The slope is represented by colluvium and alluvium deposits with a thickness of 5-20 m. An inclined borehole DHP-1 was drilled at intake portal area and
5-15 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP bedrock was encountered at a depth of 19.00m (vertical depth is 16.m). The intake site has been also investigated seismic SLD-1 to SLD-6. The bed rock encounter is gneiss at 19 m depth.
(b) Andheri Khola
A horseshoe shaped headrace tunnel is about 3962 m long and will have an excavated diameter of 6.6 m . The rock is exposed in most of the parts of the tunnel alignment except between intake and Andheri Khola and between Santi Bazar and Sukaura Khola in the map boundary. Drilling was carried out at Andheri Khola to confirm the minimum rock cover along the tunnel alignment. The bed rock is found at depth 28.3 m and the rock type is schist with quartz veins.
(c ) Surge Tank (alternative option II & III)
The surge tank is located on the right bank of the Trishuli River at Sirupani Village which is about 125 m up from the river level and it will have finished diameter of 20 m. The rock exposed around the surge tank area is quartzite and schist. Quartzite and schist are intercalated however quartzite is dominant over schist. The surge tank area is investigated by borehole DP-3 which was drilled up to 50.00 m depth. The surficial rock outcrop exposed around the surge tank area is fractured and moderately weathered but it improved with as shown by drilling result. The bedrock is encountered at 3.00 m. The bed rock encounter is phyllitic schist.
(d) Powerhouse Site (alternative option II & III)
The surface powerhouse is proposed on the terrace deposit at the right bank of Trishuli River in the alternative option I. The powerhouse has been investigated by boreholes DP-1, DP-2, DP-4 which have been drilled up to 50 m, 30 m and 35 m respectively. DP-1 and DP-2 are vertically drilled holes whereas DP-4 is an inclined at 286° / 60° (direction / inclination). The bedrock was not encountered in borehole DP-1. But in DP – 2 and DP – 4 the bedrock was encountered at 15.40 m and 18.00 m (vertically 15.6 m) respectively. The bed rock encounter is phyllitic schist with quartze vains. The surfacial deposit in the powerhouse area is mainly alluvial terrace and minor colluvial deposits. The deposit consists mainly of angular to sub-angular boulder, to gravel sized fragments in sandy - silty matrix with little fines.
5-16 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
(e) Tailrace Tunnel (alternative option II)
The tailrace tunnel alignment has been investigated by borehole DP-1 which was drilled up to 50.00 m. The bedrock has not been encountered in the borehole and the bedrock level is expected to be at more than 50.00 m depth. The tailrace tunnel passes through the alluvial deposit.
5.4.3 Core Drilling during Detail Design, June 2013
Boreholes were drilled at Surge shaft, Penstock Alignment and Powerhouse site as per site investigation priority provided by Trishuli Jal vidhyut Company Limited (TJVCL). The total drilling length was 195.00 m. The locationS of boreholes are shown in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-06 (Location of borehole at new alternative surge tank and powerhouse site). The summary of boreholes is shown in Table 5.2.
Table No. 5.2: Summary of borehole location, depth, direction and bedrock depth. Borehole Depth Drilling Bedrock S. N. Location Orientation No. m Rig depth, m 1 Surge Shaft DST-1 75.00 Vertical XY200 11.4 Drop Shaft / 2 Pressure Tunnel DPA-1 25.00 Vertical XY200 14.00 Alignment - 3 Powerhouse Site I DPH-1 50.00 Vertical XY200
4 Powerhouse Site II DPH-2 45.00 800 XY200 37.5
5.4.4 Drilling Works Result and Analyses
The detail reports of boreholes prepared by geologist making observation of core boxes and driller's daily report sheets are given in Annex-1. The summary of each borehole drilling result and analysis are as follows: (a) Surge Shaft Area
Hole no. DST-1 The borehole, DST-1 was vertically drilled at Manakamana VDC ward no 4, Champani, having given drill location coordinate X = 616196.445, Y = 3097625.756 and Z = 813.15 m. Total depth of
5-17 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP borehole is 75.00 m; out of 75.00 m depth borehole , 11.40 m depth drill on overburden and 63.60 m at bedrock. The bedrock is characterized by fresh to moderately weathered, light to dark grey Schist and gneiss. The core recovery ranges from 0 to 100%. The RQD varies between 0 to 4 – 41.00 %. The average recovery in this borehole is 60.92% whereas average RQD is 19.3%. Based on the overall RQD of this borehole, the rock can be classified as very poor to fair rock quality. The water table is dry in condition and more than 65% grey to white, milky white color water was return from the hole during drilling.
(b) Drop Shaft/Pressure Tunnel Alignment
Hole no. DPA-1 The borehole, DPA-1 was drilled at Manakamana VDC ward no 3 Pokhare village having coordinate X = 616353.178, Y = 3097447.957 and Z = 683.07 m. Total 25.00 m depth of borehole was drilled at vertical direction. Out of 25.00 m depth 14.00 m drill at overburden and 11.00 m at bedrock. The bedrock is characterized by fresh to moderately, fractured light gray dolomite. The core recovery ranges from 0 to 100%.The RQD varies between 13 to 36 %. The average recovery is 47.50 % whereas the average RQD is 29.63 %. Based on the overall RQD of this borehole, the rock can be classified as very poor to fair rock quality. The water table was recorded at a depth of 15.00 m and more than 50% milky white color water was return from the hole during drilling.
(c) Powerhouse Area
Hole no.: DPH-1 The borehole, DPH-1 was drilled at Manakamana VDC ward no 3 Pokhare village having coordinate X = 616434.629, Y = 3097359.831 and Z = 639.90 m. Total 50.00 m depth of borehole was drilled at vertical direction. The borehole data and core shows that bed rock was not encountered at 50.00 m depth. The overburden is generally slightly weathered to moderately weathered gravel and boulder of schist and gneiss. The core recovery ranges from 0 to 100%. The average recovery is 49.97 %. The water table was recorded at a depth of 15.50 m and 25% brownish grey and 75% milky white color water was return from the hole during drilling.
Hole no.: DPH-2 The borehole, DPH-2 was drilled at Manakamana VDC ward no 3 Pokhare village having coordinate X = 616392.773, Y = 3097403.054 and Z = 667.5 m. Total 45.00 m depth of incline
5-18 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
borehole (800) was drilled. The borehole was drill both on overburden and bed rock. The overburden thickness is 37.50 m; the overburden materials are gravels, cobbles and boulders of light to dark grey schist and gneiss. The bedrock is characterized by fresh to moderately weathered, light gray to dark grey fractured schist. The core recovery ranges from 0 to 100%. The RQD varies between 13 to 36.00%. The average recovery is 55.9% and the average RQD is 27.4%. Based on the overall RQD of this borehole, the rock can be classified as poor to fair. The water table was recorded at a depth of 22.00 m and 6.00 % – 10.00 % yellowish grey to light grey color water was return from the hole during drilling. Water loss was observed at most part of borehole section i.e.3.00 – 22.50 m and 24.00 – 45.00 m.
(d) Insitu test
Permeability test by Lugeon method was performed in all 2 boreholes (DST-1 and DPA-1). Five numbers of Lugeon test, five numbers of DCPT and five numbers of constant head test data were taken during the drilling. The summary of analysis of insitu test is given at Table 5.3 and the details of the test are given in "Core Drilling Works - August 2013".
Table No. 5.3: Summary of Insitu Test. S Drill Insitu testing Depth (m) Test Value Remarks N hole DCPT Lugeon Permeability N - Permeab Lugeon no. value ility - Lugeon 37.50 - 40.50 m - - Pressure not raised 1 DST-1 - Lugeon 47.50 - 50.50 m - 9.00 Lugeon - 57.00 - 60.00 m - 13.50 Lugeon - 72.00 - 75.00 m 20.00 - Lugeon - 22.00 - 25.00 m - - Pressure 2 DPA-1 not raised DCPT - 6.00 m - - DCPT - - 8.50 m - DCPT - - 14.50 m 75 - 3 DPH-1 Permeability 8.50 m 1.48E-02 Permeability 14.50 m 4.56E-02 Permeability 19.00 m 1.83E-02 Permeability 12.00 m 1.23E-02 - - Permeability 15.00 m - 1.10E-02 - 4 DPH-2 DCPT 6.00 m DCPT 12.00 m
5-19 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.5 Construction Material Survey
5.5.1 Introduction
The construction material investigation of the Upper Trishuli -3B Hydroelectric Project was conducted by Soil, Rock and Concrete Laboratory, NEA from April to May, 2007 for the feasibility study of the project. The investigation comprised of identification of potential borrow areas in the close vicinity of the project site, exploring borrow areas by test pits excavation and collection of representative samples for laboratory tests and analysis. The investigation included a wide range of relevant laboratory tests and their interpretation.
The investigations show that there is adequate quantity of construction material within the close vicinity of project site. The reserve estimation of granular material from the proposed borrow area is about 0.5 million m3 and need to be processed for fine and coarse filters and for concrete ingredient. For this proposes, crushing of this material through a jaw crushes, may be required. The quarry site can also be served as an alternate source for back fill materials,
Additional investigation of laboratory test for granular material will be required to verify quantity and quality of material during the construction phase of the project. More laboratory test and analysis on riverbed material will be required for the assessment of strength character and evaluation of deleterious effect of aggregate for concreting work. Potential alkali reactivity by mortar bar test should be carried out before making final decision on suitability of this material for production of concrete aggregates.
5.5.2 Field Exploration
The field exploration was carried out to identify the potential borrow areas and quarry sites for the construction materials. A total of 2 nos. of possible borrow areas were identified within 5 km range of project area during feasibility study. Borrow areas GA is located in Trishuli River bed. Borrow area GB is located at Salankhu Khola bed. Two-quarry sites (QA and QB) were identified. Quarry site QA is located at Right bank of Tirshuli River near proposed powerhouse site. Borrow areas and Quarry area are presented in DWG NO UT3B-GEO-07 (Location map of borrow area and quarry site).
5-20 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
A total of 11 test pits were excavated for granular material at two borrow areas (GA and GB). The description of number of test pits excavated in each borrows area and quantity of samples taken for laboratory test is presented separately. Summary of Test Pits and sample description are presented in Table 5.4 Test pit log records are presented in Geology and geotechnical study, Appendix-B, 2007 July.
Table 5.4: Summary of Pits and Sample Description Name of the Number of test No. of borrow/quarry Location Remarks pit sample area GA Trishuli bagar 6 17 GB Slakhu Khola 5 10 QA Trishuli bagar 3 Boulder Sample QB Trishuli River L/B 1
5.5.3 Laboratory Test and Analysis
All laboratory tests and analysis had been carried out at Soil, Rock and Concrete Laboratory (SRCL).
5.5.4 Granular Borrow area
Borrow Area GA
Borrow area GA is located at Trishuli River. Laboratory test results show that fines passing from 80 micron vary from 2.2 to 20.6 percent. Wear value in Los Angeles abrasion of the material ranges in between 32.0 to 42.6 percent. Total loss in sulphate soundness test varies 0.8 to 1.9 percent in five cycles. Specific gravity value ranges in between 2.69 to 2.721. Absorption of the aggregate recorded max 1.1 percent. Aggregates considered deleterious in alkali reactivity test. As per United Soil Classification System (USCS), a group symbol “GP, SP,GP - GM SW - SM , SP – SM and SM “are assigned for the samples.
Borrow Area GB
Borrow area GB (Falake Bagar) is located at 1.5 km downstream of proposed powerhouse site. Laboratory test results show that fines passing from 80 micron vary from 4.0 to 8.5 percent. Wear
5-21 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP value in Los Angeles abrasion of the material ranges in between 32.4 to 35.9 percent. Total loss in sulphate soundness test varies 0.5 to 1.2 percent in five cycles. Specific gravity ranges in between 2.67 to 2.69. Absorption of the aggregate is recorded as less than 0.8 percent. Aggregates considered deleterious in alkali reactivity test. According to United Soil Classification System (USCS) a group symbol, “GW, GP – GM, SW-SM, and SP - SM"are assigned for the samples.
5.5.5 Quarry Site
Two quarry areas (QA and QB) were identified during investigation. Quarry site, QA is located at Tirshuli bagar boulder deposit near proposed powerhouse and quarry site QB is located at left bank of Tirshuli River .Bulk samples were collected from these sites and transported to SRCL, KTM to execute different types of laboratory tests. Summary of laboratory test results are presented at Table 5.5.
Quarry Area, QA ( left bank of Trishuli River)
Quarry area QA is located at left bank of Trishuli River near proposed powerhouse site. Schist rock is the host rock of this site.
During study, one sample was collected from quarry site and tested at SRCL. Wear value in Los Angeles Abrasion of the material is recorded as 31.2 percent. Total loss in sulphate soundness test is recorded as 1.3 percent in five cycles. Specific gravity has recorded 2.69 Absorption of samples has recorded as 0.4 percent. Aggregates are considered as deleterious in alkali reactivity test.
Quarry Area, QB
Quarry area QB is located at Trishuli bagar near vicinity of project site.
During study, three samples was collected from quarry site and tested at SRCL. Wear value in Los Angeles abrasion of the material has recorded varies from 19.2 to 50.4 percent. Total loss in sulphate soundness test is recorded which varies from 0.4 to 1.3 percent in five cycles. Specific gravity has varies from 2.61 to 2.67 Absorption of samples has recorded 0.1 percent. Aggregates are considered as deleterious in alkali reactivity test. Summary of laboratory test results are presented at Table 5.5.
5-22 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.5.6 Laboratory Test on Core Samples
Uniaxial compression test, absorption, specific gravity, unit weight tests and point load tests were performed on core samples. Summary of laboratory test results on core samples are given in “geology and geotechnical study, Appendix-B, 2007 July” and “Core Drilling of the alternative powerhouse site done by TJVCL, Year 2013 June”
5.5.7 Reserve Estimation of the Borrow Areas and Quarry areas
Volume of Granular material was estimated on the basis of field measurement of test pits depth, material quality, laboratory test result of pit samples and area of different proposed borrow areas. Estimated volume of material in different borrow areas is 0.32 million cubic meter for GA and that of 14 million cubic meter for GB borrow area. Individual borrow areas volume calculation for total granular material are presented at Table 5.5.
Table 5.5: Reserve Estimation of Borrow Area Name Location Measurement Area m2 Average depth (m) Volume (m3) GA Trishuli bagar 1005*100 100500.00 3.17 318585.00 GB Falake bagar 776 * 65 50440.00 2.75 138710.00 Total 457295.00
5.5.8 Test summary
Various laboratory tests carried out on soil samples obtained by test pitting and on rock by core drilling are summarized on the following table from table no. 5.6 to 5.11.
5-23 Trishuli Jalvidhyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table No 5.6: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Granular Material
Grain size distribution Los Angeles Sulphate Alkali Borrow Test Depth Sample % Specific USCS Absorption Abrasion Soundness Reactivity Area/ Pit No. m No. Gravity Classification % Wear Uniformity Total Loss S R Location Gravel Sand Fines C c % factor % mmol/l mmol/l
0.00 - 0.60 DS - 1 46.5 49.5 4.0 SP GATP - 01 0.60 - 1.00 DS - 2 47.4 50.3 2.3 2.72 SP 1.1 32.0 0.3 1.9 Pahirobesi 48.8 48.4 2.8 GP 1.00 - 3.00 DS - 3 bagar 0.00 - 0.80 DS - 1 3.4 75.9 20.6 SM GATP - 02 0.80 - 3.00 DS - 2 52.4 42.4 5.2 GP-GM 0.00 - 0.60 DS - 1 0.3 86.2 13.5 SM 0.60 - 1.20 DS - 2 Thulobagar, 2.4 88.7 8.9 SW-SM GATP - 03 1.20 - 1.80 DS - 3 Sirupani 19..7 69.1 11.2 SP- SM 1.80 - 3.25 DS - 4 52.6 39.7 7.7 2.69 GP - GM 1.0 42.6 0.3 0.8 1293 117 0.00 - 0.70 DS - 1 37.4 60.5 2.0 SP Sanobagar, GATP - 04 41.8 51.3 16.9 SM 0.70 - 1.30 DS - 2 Sirupani 1.30 - 3.00 DS - 3 43.5 54.0 2.5 SP 0.00 - 0.85 DS - 1 33.2 64.5 2.2 2.70 SP 1.0 32.0 0.3 0.8 1278 133 GATP - 05 0.85 - 1.50 DS - 2 Khalte 2.9 90.1 7.0 SP - SM 1.50 - 3.75 DS - 3 2.5 94.3 3.2 SP 0.00 - 1.50 DS - 1 21.0 71.9 7.1 SW - SM GATP - 06 Naubise 1.50 - 3.00 DS - 2 18.7 73.6 7.7 SW - SM 0.00 - 1.00 DS - 1 42.6 48.9 8.5 SW - SM GBTP - 01 1.00 - 2.50 DS - 2 Bansbote, 47.1 45.8 7.2 2.68 GP - GM 0.7 0.00 - 1.50 DS - 1 Salakhukhola 43.1 51.7 5.1 SP - SM 32.4 0.3 1.0 GBTP - 02 1.50 - 2.75 DS - 2 47.1 47.6 5.3 SP - SM 0.00 - 1.00 DS - 1 40.8 51.5 7.9 SP - SM GBTP - 03 1.00 - 2.95 DS - 2 46.9 47.1 5.9 2.69 SP- SM 0.8 34.8 0.3 1.2 1326 106 0.00 - 0.90 DS -1 Pahare, 42.9 50.4 6.7 SP - SM GBTP - 04 Salakhukhola 0.90 - 3.00 DS -2 45.5 47.6 6.9 SP - SM 0.00 - 0.60 DS -1 42..4 52.3 5.3 SP - SM GBTP - 05 0.60 - 2.50 DS -2 64.4 31.6 4.0 2.67 GW 0.7 35.9 0.2 0.5 1114 120
5-24 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table No. 5.7: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Quarry Material
Los Angeles Sulphate Alkali Reactivity Quarry Sample Specific Absorption Abrasion Soundness
Area No. Gravity % Total Loss Wear Uniformity SC Rc % % factor mmol/l mmol/l
QA S # 1 2.69 0.4 31.2 0.3 1.3 1362 104
S # 1 2.61 0.8 28.3 0.2 1.0 1238 132
QB S # 2 2.67 0.7 50.4 0.1 1.3 1171 102
S # 3 2.65 0.6 19.2 0.3 0.4
Table No. 5.8: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Core Samples
Uniaxial Unit Drill Hole Depth Specific Absorption Compressive Location Weight No. m Gravity % Strength gm/cm3 kg/cm2
31.60 - 32.00 2.64 0.5 2.6 380.1
46.33 - 46.90 2.66 0.3 2.6 930.8 DP - 3 Powerhouse 59.00 - 59.55 2.65 0.3 2.6 504.5
69.55 - 70.00 2.70 0.4 2.6 1006.2
26.0 - 26.50 2.66 0.3 2.6 880.4
35.23 - 35.70 2.67 0.3 2.6 955.9 DP - 4 Surgetank 46.00 - 46.70 2.68 0.3 2.6 883.4
58.00 - 58.65 2.64 0.4 2.6 1257.1
5-25 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table No. 5.9: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Core Samples Drill Hole Depth Location Specific Absorption % Unit Weight Uniaxial No. m Gravity gm/cm3 Compressive Strength kg/cm2
DP - 3 31.60 - 32.00 Powerhouse 2.64 0.5 2.6 380.1
46.33 - 46.90 2.66 0.3 2.6 930.8
59.00 - 59.55 2.65 0.3 2.6 504.5
69.55 - 70.00 2.70 0.4 2.6 1006.2
DP - 4 26.0 - 26.50 Surgetank 2.66 0.3 2.6 880.4
35.23 - 35.70 2.67 0.3 2.6 955.9
46.00 - 46.70 2.68 0.3 2.6 883.4
58.00 - 58.65 2.64 0.4 2.6 1257.1
Table No. 5.10: Summary of Laboratory Test Results on Core Samples
2 Drill Hole No. Depth, m Eav N/mm
DHP - 1 27.45 - 27.70 3812 DHA -1 45.58 - 45.92 4146 15.80 - 16.25 6572 DP - 2 27.00 - 27.30 3278
36.70 - 36.84 4063 DP - 3 43.00 - 43.25 4011
5-26 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table No. 5.11: Point Load Test Results
Drill Hole Rock Depth Width Height P Is Is (50) Test De^2 De F No. Type m mm mm kPa MPa MPa Diametrical 59.50 45.00 4750 2,025.00 45.00 2.66 0.954 2.54
Diametrical 45.90 45.00 4375 2,025.00 45.00 2.45 0.954 2.34
Diametrical 48.10 45.00 4500 2,025.00 45.00 2.52 0.954 2.41 DHP -1 27.45 - 27.70 Axial 45.00 46.00 12000 2,635.60 51.34 5.17 1.012 5.23
Axial 45.00 44.00 5750 2,521.01 50.21 2.59 1.002 2.59
Axial 45.00 26.50 3500 1,518.33 38.97 2.62 0.894 2.34
Diametrical 213.00 45.00 4500 2,025.00 45.00 2.52 0.954 2.41
Diametrical 124.80 45.00 6875 2,025.00 45.00 3.85 0.954 3.67
Diametrical 87.90 45.00 7000 2,025.00 45.00 3.92 0.954 3.74 DHA -1 45.58 - 45.92 Axial 45.00 39.60 6875 2,268.91 47.63 3.44 0.978 3.36
Axial 45.00 66.00 4000 3,781.51 61.49 1.20 1.098 1.32
Axial 45.00 61.50 9000 3,523.68 59.36 2.90 1.080 3.13
Diametrical 114.10 45.00 3875 2,025.00 45.00 2.17 0.954 2.07
Diametrical 95.50 45.00 9000 2,025.00 45.00 5.04 0.954 4.81
Diametrical 48.50 45.00 11750 2,025.00 45.00 6.59 0.954 6.28 DP - 2 15.80 - 16.25 Axial 45.00 48.70 5500 2,790.30 52.82 2.24 1.025 2.29
Axial 45.00 45.90 6625 2,629.87 51.28 2.86 1.011 2.89
Axial 45.00 51.90 10000 2,973.64 54.53 3.82 1.040 3.97
Diametrical 159.40 44.80 6750 2,007.04 44.80 3.82 0.952 3.63
Diametrical 91.60 44.80 5500 2,007.04 44.80 3.11 0.952 2.96
Diametrical 65.60 44.80 6000 2,007.04 44.80 3.39 0.952 3.23 DP - 2 27.00 - 27.30 Axial 44.80 35.80 7500 2,042.07 45.19 4.17 0.955 3.98
Axial 44.80 44.50 8250 2,538.32 50.38 3.69 1.003 3.70
Axial 44.80 55.40 10000 3,160.07 56.21 3.59 1.054 3.79
Diametrical 64.60 45.00 6250 2,025.00 45.00 3.50 0.954 3.34 DP - 3 36.70 - 36.84 Axial 45.00 23.30 3750 1,334.99 36.54 3.19 0.868 2.77 Diametrical 82.30 44.80 8125 2,007.04 44.80 4.59 0.952 4.37 Diametrical 53.10 44.80 4000 2,007.04 44.80 2.26 0.952 2.15 Diametrical 40.50 44.80 6750 2,007.04 44.80 3.82 0.952 3.63 DP - 3 43.00 - 43.25 Axial 44.80 34.60 9000 1,973.62 44.43 5.18 0.948 4.91 Axial 44.80 23.60 5500 1,346.17 36.69 4.64 0.870 4.03
Axial 44.80 24.60 5750 1,403.21 37.46 4.65 0.878 4.08
5-27 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.6 Geotechnical Design: rock support design of underground structure
The tunnel is an underground structure and thus its stability is mainly concerned with underground wedge formed by the intersection of multiple joints and in- situ stress condition at tunnel. The stability analysis mainly involves the analysis of underground wedges and stress analysis of the tunnel. The report describes the design criteria used for the design of underground openings including mainly headrace tunnel. The report also describes the stability analysis and stress analysis of the openings including safety factor, displacements and nature of stress distribution using the Finite Element Method for the proposed underground openings. The geotechnical design also includes the rock support requirements for the underground excavation using both NGI 'Q' system and RMR system, and the U.S. Corps of Engineers recommendations. An underground wedge stability analysis for the underground opening was carried out to confirm the adequacy of the support. At present, due to lack of unavailabity of parameters such as in-stresses values, modulus of deformability, poisson's ratio, friction angle etc. These parameters are to be derived from the rock mechanics test carried in adit tunnel or main tunnel. Therefore, during this stage of study, underground wedge stability analysis and stress analysis based on assumption of above parameters have been performed to assess the support design of the tunnel.
5.6.1 Methods
Generally, there are two methods for support design of underground opening to estimate the support requirements.
5.6.1.1 Empirical Method
In this method, the analysis is based on the past experience and practice. This method is used when there is limited geological information and empirically derived relations are used to predict the support type.
5.6.1.2 Analytical Method
This method uses the numerical modeling and is considered to be best method for the support analysis. This method is used to analyze the rock stress, deformation, rock support analysis etc. Among the different numerical modeling, Finite Element Method using PHASE2 software has been
5-28 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP used for the present analysis. The analytical method also includes wedge stability analysis. Underground wedge stability analysis has been performed using UNWEDGE software to assess the stability of the wedge condition during the present study.
5.6.2 Analysis for support design
A horseshoe shaped headrace tunnel is about 3745 m long and will have an excavated diameter of 6.10 m and 6.80 for shotcrete and concrete lining respectively. The tunnel will pass through the right bank of Trishuli River at an average elevation of 715 m (amsl). The tunnel runs approximately in NE-SW direction however there are four major bending points. The approximate direction of tunnel at each bending points are as follows, N090° and N256° at chainage 0+532m, N076° and N194° at chainage 0+939m, N014° and N176° at chainage 1+771 m and N346° and N140° at chainage 3+980m. About 10% of the tunnel passes through gneiss and remaining 90% through intercalation of schist and quartzite. The maximum rock cover is about 380m at chainage 2+160 and mimimum cover is about 88m at Sukaura khola at chainage 1+700.
The stability of underground excavations are primarily governed by two principal modes of failures e.g. structurally - controlled failure and stress - induced failure. In structurally controlled failure, excavation stability may be dominated by gravity falls and sliding along inclined discontinuities. In structurally controlled failure, Rock Mass Classification such as NGI's Q-system or CSIR's RMR- system is the important factors to assess the stability of the rock mass and design of support systems. In stress induced failure, high induced stresses and weathering are the important factors. In-situ stress measurement, various laboratory and rock mechanics testing on rock mass are required to carry out to define its engineering properties. However, such tests were not performed at this stage of study. At this stage in-situ stresses are assumed based on in-situ stress measured for other hydroelectric projects and major principal stresses are assumed to be equal to vertical stress due to overburden. Therefore, the support designs of the tunnel are carried out based on structurally controlled failure, stress analysis and other empirical criteria.
It is presumed that the excavation of the tunnel shall be carried out by the conventional drill and blast method consisting of blasting, mucking and support installation. The New Austrian Tunneling Method (NATM) shall be employed during the construction period.
5-29 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.6.3 Design Criteria
Generally the problems associated with pressurized tunnels are well known and are generally related to a rapid interaction during the first filling, or progressive interaction after a certain period of operation, between the pressurized flow in the tunnel and the surrounding rock
5.6.3.1 Analysis using Rock Cover
At initial stage, the minimum depth of rock cover above the headrace tunnel is taken from a thumb rule where the rock cover is selected to the hydrostatic head. A minimum safety factor of 1.3 is adopted in the following relationship:
Hr / Hw = (w / r) x FS Where, Hr = rock cover thickness Hw = water head 3 w = unit weight of water ( w = 0.01 MN/m )
r = unit weight of rock FS = safety factor (FS = 1.3)
The headrace tunnel of Upper Trishuli 3B hydroelectric project is almost horizontal with about 0.34 % slope over its 3.745 km length. The water head measured from the full supply level to the spring
line of tunnel, Hw = 23.5 m, gives a maximum internal hydrostatic pressure of Hw.w = 0.235 MPa. This pressure is too low compared to the rock cover hence the governing parameter for the stability of the rock mass is the rock cover. The rock cover criteria assuming the tunnel is empty must be respected over the whole length of the tunnel.
5.6.3.2 Analysis using In Situ Stresses
The analysis using rock cover is a very simplified approximation whereas analysis using in-situ stresses, both gravitational and tectonic is a more elaborate method. In order to avoid hydraulic fracturing of the rock with the consequent opening of existing joints, the minor principal component of the in-situ stresses should be higher than the internal hydrostatic pressure in the tunnel.
In-situ stresses are not measured during the present study. Therefore, a parametric study is carried out to evaluate the in-situ stresses for this present study. At this level of study, the stress analysis was
5-30 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP carried out for the maximum depth of overburden which is about 380 m for Upper Trishuli 3B hydroelectric project. The ratio of horizontal to vertical stress 'k' is compared with in-situ stresses measured at Arun - III (k=0.3) and Middle Marsyangdi Hydroelectric Projects (k=0.5).
Another theoretical method to estimate the 'k' value is from Sheorey's (1994) equation. Sheorey has developed an elasto-static thermal stress model of the earth and provided a following simplified equation for estimating the value of the horizontal to vertical stress ratio, k. This model considers curvature of the crust and variation of elastic constants, density and thermal expansion coefficients through the crust and mantle.
k = 0.25 + 7Eh (0.001+1/Z)
Where, Z (m) is the depth below the surface
Eh (GPa) is the average deformation modules of the upper part of the earth's crust measured in a horizontal direction
The above equation forms a large scale model, and hence does not take into account local topographic and geological features.
Using the maximum rock cover in the tunnel, z = 380 m and average value of Eh (from Table 5.14), in-situ stress ratio of k for very poor rock (schist) is 0.31, 0.46 for poor rock (schist), 0.6 for fair rock (schist) and 1 for good rock (schist and gneiss). The 'k' ratio obtained from the overburden depth varies from 0.31 to 1. Middle Marsyangdi lies about 80km NW of Upper Trishuli 3B and both projects lies in the same Gandaki Basin. Therefore,' k' value of 0.5 is considered for the present study.
5.6.3.3 Analysis using Elastic and Plastic Behavior
The ratio of the maximum tangential boundary stress to the unconfined compressive stress of the
rock mass is referred as the Damage Index (Di),
Di = max / c Where,
Di = Damage Index
5-31 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
max = max. tangential boundary stress ,
= Pvert (3k-1) Kirsch equation (Hoek and Brown),
c = lab tested unconfined compressive strength,
k = horizontal to vertical stress ratio (hor /vert),
P vert = vertical stress.
The Damage Index indicates that for Di 0.4, the rock mass behaves as an elastic condition and no visible damage is recorded. The practical experience is that stress-induced damage occurs when the damage Index (Di) exceeds 0.4 and the rock mass displays a plastic behavior. The damage index estimated for the rock mass of the project area is shown in Error! Reference source not found..
Table 5.12: Damage Index
Rock Class k Maximum Rock Pvert UCS, c max Di Cover (m) (Mpa) (MPa) Good Rock (Gneiss) 1.08 380 10 100 22.9 0.23 Good Rock (Schist with 0.96 380 10 80 19.2 0.24 quartzite) Fair Rock (Schist with 0.60 380 10 70 8.1 0.11 quartzite) Poor Rock (Schist with 0.46 380 10 50 3.8 0.07 quartzite) Very Poor Rock (Schist 0.31 380 10 35 -0.6 -0.02 with quartzite)
As the dominant rock type in intercalation of schist and quartzite is schist, the unconfined compressive strength for schist is considered for calculating the necessary parameter. So 80, 70, 50 and 35 Mpa values are used for good, fair, poor and very poor as obtained from laboratory test results in the previous study. Similarly, 100 Mpa value is used for good quality gneiss.
The damage index Di shown in Error! Reference source not found. is calculated for gneiss and
schist. The result showed that 'D'i for the schist rock varies from -0.02 to 0.23 which are less than 0.4 hence the rock mass behaves as elastic-brittle. Thus for present analysis the overall rock mass of the tunnel area is considered to be elastic brittle nature. When the strength of the rock mass is exceeded, a sudden strength inclined occurs which is associated with significant dilation of the broken rock pieces.
5-32 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.6.4 Failure Criteria
The rock mass properties are assumed to be adequately characterized by the biaxial failure criteria developed by Hoek and Brown. The most general form of Hoek-Brown criterion which incorporates both original and modified form is given by following equations for both intact and fractured rock.
2 1/2 1 = 3 + (mb. c . 3 + s. c ) where,
1 = major principal stress at failure
3 = minor principal stress applied to the specimen
c = uniaxial compressive strength of the intact rock material in the specimen (measured in laboratory)
mb & s = constants which depend upon the properties of the rock and upon the extent to which
it has been broken before being subjected to the stresses 1 and 3.
The uniaxial compressive strength of the specimen is given by substituting 3 = 0 in above equation, giving following equation:
2 1/2 cs = (s. c )
For intact rock, cs = c and s = 1. For previously broken rock, s<1 and the strength at zero confining pressure is given by above equation, c is the uniaxial compressive strength of the pieces of intact material.
The strength parameters, m and s, for intact and fractured rock are as follows:
Intact rock : s = 1 Very fractured rock : s = 0
Good quality rock : mi = 25
Weak rock : mi = 0
Values of mb and s used in the analysis are determined from the following equations and the RMR (Rock Mass Rating) coefficient is determined according to Bieniawski's classification (1989).
For GSI > 25 (Undisturbed rock masses) (GSI-100)/28 mb / mi = exp
Where mi = 25 for intact rock mass
5-33 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
s = exp (GSI-100)/9 Where, GSI is called Geological Strength Index and the relation between GSI and RMR is given by the equation,
GSI = RMR89' - 5
The values of constant mi for intact rock are shown in Error! Reference source not found.
Table 5.13: Values of constant mi for Intact Rock by rock group Rock Type Class Group Texture
Coarse Medium Fine Very fine Conglomerate Sandstone Siltstone Claystone Clastic (22) 19 9 4 Greywacke (18) SEDIMENTARY Chalk 7 Non- Organic Coal Clastic (8-21) Carbonate Breccia Sparitic Limestone Micritic Limestone (20) (10) 8 Chemical Gypstone Anhydrite 16 13 Non Foliated Marble Hornfels Quartzite 9 (19) (24)
METAMORPHIC Slightly Foliated Migmatite Amphibolite Mylonites (30) 31 (6) Foliated Gneiss Schists Phyllites Slate 33 (10) (10) 9 Light Granite Rhyolite Obsidian 33 (16) (19) Granodiorite Dacit (30) (17) Diorite Andesite IGNEOUS (28) 19 Dark Gabbro Dolerite Basalt 27 (19) (17) Norite 22 Extrusive Pyroclastic Agglomerate Breccia Tuff Type (20) (18) (15)
* These values are for intact rock specimens tested normal to foliation. The value of mi will be significantly different if failure occurs along a foliation plane (Hoek, 1983). Note that values in parenthesis are only estimated values.
5-34 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.6.5 Estimation of In-Situ Deformation Modulus The in-situ deformation modulus of a rock is an important parameter in any form of numerical analysis. Since this parameter is difficult and expensive it is not determined in the field at this level of study. However, it can be empirically determined by using following equations for the present study level. E = 2RMR – 100, GPa (Bieniawski, 1978) for RMR > 50 E = 10(RMR-10)/40, GPa (Serafim and Pereira, 1983) for RMR <50
E = 25 log10 Q, GPa (Grimstad and Barton, 1993) for Q>1 (GSI-10)/40 E= √ (σc/100) x 10 (Hoek and Brown, 1998) for UCS<100MPa 1/3 E= 10 x [(σc x Q)/100] , GPa (Barton, 2002)
For the stability analysis a mean value of E (Emean) has been estimated from above equations for each type of rock (gneiss and intercalation of schist and quartzite).
The estimation of in-situ modulus of deformability E and rock mass strength parameters, mi, mb and s are shown in Error! Reference source not found. and Error! Reference source not found. respectively.
Table 5.14: Estimation of In-Situ Modulus of Deformability
(RMR-10)/40 Rock Type/ Q RMR E=2RMR E=10 E=25Log10 E=√(σci/100)x E =10 x [(σcix E, Quality -100 Gpa GPa Q GPa 10(GSI-10)/40 GPa Q)/100] 1/3, Mean GPa GPa Good Rock 22 68 36 N/A as 33 21.1 28 32.5 (Gneiss) RMR>50 Good Rock 22 67 34 N/A as 33 17.8 26 27.8 (Schist & RMR>50 quartzite intercalation) Fair Rock 7 52 4 N/A as 21 7.5 17.8 12.6 (Schist & RMR>50 quartzite intercalation) Poor Rock 3 35 N/A as 4 12 2.8 13.4 8.1 (Schist & RMR<50 quartzite intercalation) Very Poor 0.18 16 N/A as 1.4 N/A as 0.9 5.2 2.5 Rock RMR<50 Q<1 (Schist & quartzite
5-35 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
intercalation)
Note: Q & RMR average values are based on report of geological mapping whereas UCS values for gneiss and schist are taken as 100 and 80 Mpa. Table 5.15: Rock Mass Strength Parameters
Site Rock Type GSI mi mb s ci r Location (Mpa) MN/m3 Gneiss 63 33 8.8 0.016 100 0.027 0.20 (Good Rock) Schist & quartzite 62 10 2.6 0.015 80 0.027 0.25 (Good Rock) Headrace Schist & quartzite 47 10 1.5 0.003 80 0.027 0.25 Tunnel (Fair rock) Schist & quartzite 30 10 0.8 0.0004 80 0.027 0.30 (Poor rock) Schist & quartzite 11 10 0.4 0.0 80 0.027 0.35 (Very poor rock)
mi values for gneiss and schist is 33 and 10 respectively (from Error! Reference source not found.5.15). The uniaxial compressive strength test for the intact gneiss and schist is assumed to be 100 MPa and 80 Mpa which is used for the analysis.
5.6.6 Rock Mass Classification The rock mass classification has been carried out for the rock mass along the tunnel based on detailed joint mapping on surface rock outcrops along the tunnel alignment. Geomechanical classification using both Rock Mass Rating (RMR) system (Bieniawski, 1989) and Tunneling Quality (Q) (Barton et al, 1974) for the jointed rock mass has been carried out and the rock mass along the tunnel has been classified based on these classifications shown in Error! Reference source not found..16 and Error! Reference source not found..
Table 5.16: Rock Mass Classification using Rock Mass Rating (RMR) system (Bieniawski, 1989)
Rating 100 - 81 80 - 61 60 - 41 40 - 21 <21 Class I II III IV V Number Description Very good rock Good rock Fair rock Poor rock Very poor rock
5-36 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.17: Rock Mass Classification from Rock Tunneling Quality Index, Q (Stillborg, 1994)
Q - Value Rock Mass Description Class number > 40 Very good rock I 10 - 40 Good rock II 4 - 9 Fair rock III 1 - 3 Poor rock IV < 1 Very poor rock V
5.6.7 Method of Analysis for Assessing Support Requirements
Both empirical method and elasto-plastic analysis are used for determining support requirements and a numerical method is used for stability analysis of underground openings as discussed in previous chapter. Empirical assessments of rock reinforcement provide a useful supplement to any detailed analytical analysis. The empirical assessment of rock support was carried out at present based on assumed data since the geotechnical data such as rock density, in-situ stresses, and deformation modules, etc are not available at present.
5.6.8 Empirical Design According to NGI Method
The empirical method is used for determining support requirements in headrace tunnel. The
equivalent dimension, De, is plotted against the value of 'Q', is used to define a number of support categories in a chart published by Barton et al. (1974) shown in Figure 5.4. The equivalent dimension
De is given by: Excavation Span, Diameter or height (m) D e ESR (Excavation Support Ratio)
5-37 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Figure 5.4: Estimated Support Categories based on the tunneling quality Index Q (After Grimstad & Barton, 1993)
The headrace tunnel falls into category of water tunnels for hydropower and is assigned an Excavation Support Ratio, ESR = 1.6 (Stillborge, 1994). Hence, for an excavation span of 6.8 m of headrace tunnel, the equivalent dimension, De = 6.9/1.6 = 4.3 = 4 It is estimated that approximately 20% of the total length of the headrace tunnel will be driven in rock mass of good quality with Q = 20 - 23, 50% in fair rock mass with Q = 3.5 - 15 and 20% in poor rock mass with Q = 2 - 3.5 and 10% through very poor rock mass (Q<1). This estimation is based on detailed joint mapping carried out in the surface outcrops exposed along the tunnel alignment.
From Error! Reference source not found., a value of De of 4 and a 'Q' value of 22, places 20% of the total length of the headrace tunnel excavation falls in category 1 and according to which no support is recommended but this is not possible in real practice. However, based on underground wedge stability analysis and stress analysis, support type at least 2.5 m long grouted bolt at 2.0 m x 2.0 m spacing with 100 mm thick fibre-reinforced shotcrete is recommended for this portion of the tunnel. Similarly, a value of De of 4 for 'Q' value of 7 (fair rock) places 50% of the tunnel excavation falls
5-38 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP still in category 1 showing the unsupported category. The underground wedge stability analysis and stress analysis recommends at least 2.5 m long grouted bolt at 2 m x 2 m spacing with 100 mm thick fibre-reinforced shotcrete for this portion of the tunnel. Similarly, for poor rock, a value De of 4 and a 'Q' value of 3, 20% of the tunnel excavation falls still in category 4 showing systematic bolting with 40-100mm unreinforced shotcrete which is not enough in practice. Hence for this tunnel section shall be treated with pattern rock bolt 2.5 m long grouted bolt at 2.0 m x 2.0 m spacing with 100 mm thick fibre-reinforced shotcrete along with 30 cm thick concrete lining. The very poor rock section 10% of the tunnel falls in the category 6 showing fibre reinforced shotcrete 90 – 120 mm and bolting. In practice this support is not enough hence this section of the tunnel shall be treated with pattern rock bolt of length 2.5 m at 1.5 m x 1.5 m spacing with 15 cm fibre-reinforced shotcrete with 30 cm concrete lining along with steel ribs of ISMB 200 x 100 @ of 1.5 m spacing.
The minimum required length (L) of rock bolts can be estimated from the excavation width (B) and the Excavation Support Ratio, ESR as follows:
L = (2 + 0.15B)/ESR
Hence, for headrace tunnel having B = 6.8 m, the minimum length of rock bolt, L = 1.9 2.0 m. Similarly for drop shaft having B = 5.0 m, the minimum length of rock bolt, L = 1.7 m 2.0 m and for horizontal pressure tunnel having B = 5.0, the minimum length of rock bolt, L = 1.7 m 2.0 m. Calculated minimum rock bolt length for horizontal pressure tunnel is 2.0 m but due to high pressure flow in the structure the recommended rock bolt length for horizontal pressure tunnel is 2.5 m for safety.
The maximum unsupported span can be estimated as follows:
Maximum span (unsupported) = 2 ESR Q0.4 (for good rock) = 2 x 1.6 x 220.4 = 11 m
Maximum span (unsupported) = 2 ESR Q0.4 (for fair rock) = 2 x 1.6 x 70.4 = 7 m
Maximum span (unsupported) = 2 ESR Q0.4 (for poor rock)
5-39 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
= 2 x 1.6 x 30.4 = 4.8 m = 5 m
Biron & Arioglu (1982) developed a relation between rock bolt length & roof span as follows: For strong roof: Bolt length = 1/3 of the roof span For weak roof: Bolt length = 1/2 of the roof span For very strong roof: Minimum recommended bolt length is 3-4 inches.
So, for good rock (very strong roof), the minimum bolt length is 0.1 m. For fair rock, (the strong roof), the minimum bolt length should be 2.3 m. Similarly, for poor to very poor rock (weak roof), the minimum bolt length is 3.4 m.
Similarly, according to general thumb rule, the maximum bolt spacing should at least be following:
One half of the bolt length 6 ft One and one-half of critical and potentially unstable blocks. Maximum bolt spacing should not be less than 3 ft.
Hence, for present support design, maximum bolt spacing should not be less than 1 m.
The permanent roof support pressure, Proof for good rock is given by:
-1/3 Proof = 2√Jn Q 3 Jr = 2 x √9 x 22-1/3 3 x 1.5 = 0.47 kg/cm2
The permanent roof support pressure, Proof for fair rock is given by:
-1/3 Proof = 2√Jn Q 3 Jr = 2 √9 x 7-1/3 3 x 1.5 = 0.70 kg/cm2
5-40 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
The permanent roof support pressure, Proof for poor rock is given by:
-1/3 Proof = 2√Jn Q 3 Jr = 2 x √9 x 3-1/3 3 x 1.5 = 0.93 kg/cm2
5.6.9 Empirical Design Recommendation According to U.S Corps of Engineers
A system of simple recommendations for rock bolt reinforcement design has been formulated by the U.S. Corps of Engineers. The empirical rules, given in Table are a summary of many important rock reinforcement case histories. This recommendation may be used as a guide for minimum reinforcement required for the tunnel.
Table 5.18: Typical Design Recommendations after U.S. Corps of Engineers (1980) and Douglas and Arthur (1983) Parameter Empirical Rule Headrace Horizontal Valve Chamber Tunnel Pressure Tunnel
5-41 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Minimum Length & Maximum Spacing Greatest of: Greatest of: Greatest of: Greatest of: Minimum length (a) 2 x bolt spacing (a) 2 x 2 m = 4.0 (a) 2 x 1.25 m = (a) 2 x 1.5 m = 3.0 (b) 3 x thickness of m 2.50 m m critical and (b) 3 x 1.0 m = (b) 3 x 1.0 m = (b) 3 x 1.0 m = 3.0 potentially 3.0 m 3.0 m (Note m (Note 1) unstable block. (Note 1) 1) (Note 1) (c) 0.5 x 4.2 m = (c) For elements ( c) 3 m (c) 0.5 x 4.8 m = 2.1 m (Note 1) above the spring 2.4 m (Note 1) line: Spans < 6m = 0.5 x span Spans (18 m - 30 m) = 0.25 x span Spans (6 m - 18 m) = interpolate between 3 m and 4.5 m. (d) For elements (d) For elements (d) For elements (d) For elements below spring line: below the spring below spring below spring line: For height 4.2 m line: line: For height 4.8 m = 2.1 m Height < 18 m = For height 6.6 = 2.4 m
same as (c) above m = 3 m
Height > 18 m = 0.2 x height Least of: Least of: Maximum Least of: Least of: (a) 0.5 x 2.0 m = (a) 0.5 x 5.0 m = Spacing (a) 0.5 x bolt length (a) 0.5 x 2.5 m 1.50 m 2.50 m (b) 1.5 x width of = 1.25 m (b) 1.5 x 1.0 m = (b) 1.5 x 1.0 m = critical and (b) 1.5 x 1.0 m 1.5 m 1.5 m potentially = 1.5 m unstable blocks (a) 2.0 m Note 2 (a) 2.0 m Note 2 Minimum (a) 2.0 m Note 2 (a) 2.0 m Note 2 0.8 to 1.25 m 0.8 to 1.25 m Spacing 0.8 to 1.25 m 0.8 to 1.25m
Note 1: Thickness of critical and potentially unstable rock blocks at the headrace tunnel is 1.0 m obtained from joint mapping. Note 2: Greater spacing than 2.0 m makes attachment of surface support elements (e.g. weldmesh to chain link mesh) difficult. From the above table, the minimum bolt length shall be 4 m the minimum spacing shall be 1.12 m and maximum spacing shall be 1.25 m for headrace tunnel. Similarly minimum bolt length shall be 2.50m, minimum spacing shall be 1.12m and maximum spacing shall be 1.50 m for horizontal
5-42 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP pressure tunnel. Minimum bolt length shall be 3.m, minimum spacing shall be 1.12m and maximum spacing shall be 1.50 m for valve chamber.
5.6.10 Underground Wedge Stability Analysis
The analysis for the stability of the underground wedges that are likely to form around the headrace tunnel is carried out to determine the size of the wedges, their mode of failure and factor of safety. UNWEDGE software is used for the analysis.
5.6.10.1 Methodology
UNWEDGE program is a quick, interactive and simple tool which is used for the analysis of the geometry and the stability of underground wedges defined by intersecting structural discontinuities in the rock mass surrounding an underground excavation. The analysis is based on the assumption that the wedges, formed by three intersecting discontinuities, are subjected to gravitational loading only. Therefore, the stress field in the rock mass surrounding the excavation is not taken into account. The program is mainly used to assess the structurally controlled failure of the rock mass. The required length of rock bolt and thickness of shotcrete lining along with safety factor for the wedge developed at the underground cavern will be analyzed by using this software. The analysis needs in-put parameter such as dip direction; dip amount and spacing of major discontinuities, cohesion, friction angle, rock unit weight and water pressure.
5.6.10.2Results of Analysis
Joint parameters required for the analysis have been extracted from the geological mapping and analysis for headrace tunnel has been carried out for different excavation directions. Unwedge stability analysis provides the shape and size of potential wedges and the support required to stabilize them. The Unwedge program provides several options for sizing wedges. One of the most commonly measured lengths in structural geological mapping is the length of a joint trace on an excavation surface and seizing option is based upon this trace length. The discontinuity of measured joint or trace length of joint has been obtained from geological report. The surface area of the base of the wedge, the volume of the wedge and apex height of the wedge is calculated by the program. Tunnel has been divided into four main portions such as T-1, T-2, T3 and T-4 based on the direction. T-1 portion of the tunnel will run in N230° direction, T-2 in N194° direction, T-3 in
5-43 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
N175° direction and T-4 in N138°. The detailed analysis results are discussed below. The entire headrace tunnel passes through gneiss and intercalation of schist and quartzite rock mass. The tunnel has three major bending points. The unwedge stability analysis has been carried out for tunnel excavation in four major direction viz. N230°, 194°, 175° & 138°.Three major joint sets are obtained from geological mapping for this option. The major joint sets are:
SN Dip/Dip Direction Joint Sets 1 32°/235° J1 2 64°/160° J2 3 55°/090° J3
Similarly the analyses have been carried out for valve chamber and horizontal pressure tunnel. The results of analysis are summarized in following Table 5.19 to 5.24.
Table 5.19: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N256°) S Critical Size of Wedge FS before Required Supports FS N Wedges Vol. Face Apex Support Pattern Rock Shotcrete after (m3) Area Height Bolts (cm) Support (m2) (m) 1 Wedge No.1 0.28 Length Spacing Wt.= 168 (m) (m) Tons 62.07 44.37 5.83 4 1.5 10 2.75
Table 5.20: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N194°) S Critical Size of Wedge FS before Required Supports FS N Wedges Vol. Face Apex Support Pattern Rock Shotcrete after (m3) Area Height Bolts (cm) Support (m2) (m) 1 Wedge No.1 Length Spacing Wt.=2.0 (m) (m) Tons 0.75 3.21 0.83 0.28 1.5 2.0 10 13.40 2 Wedge No.6 Length Spacing Wt.= 23 (m) (m) Tons 8.49 12.79 2.12 0.49 2.5 2.0 10 4.25
Table 5.21: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N176°) Critical Size of Wedge FS before Required Supports FS S Wedges Support after Vol. Face Apex Pattern Rock Bolts Shotcrete
5-44 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
N (m3) Area Height (cm) Support (m2) (m) 1 Wedge No.1 Length Spacing Wt.= 14 (m) (m) Tons 5.21 12.97 1.50 0.28 2.50 2.0 10 2.63 2 Wedge No.6 Length Spacing Wt.=41 (m) (m) Tons 15.29 28.61 2.26 0.49 2.5 2.0 10 4.66
Table 5.22: Summary of Analysis for Headrace Tunnel (N140°) Critical Size of Wedge FS before Required Supports FS S Wedges Vol. Face Apex Support Pattern Rock Bolts Shotcrete after N (m3) Area Height (cm) Support (m2) (m) 1 Wedge No.1 Length Spacing Wt.= 7.7 (m) (m) Tons 2.85 6.64 1.65 0.28 2.0 2.0 10 4.43 2 Wedge No.5 Length Spacing Wt.= 12 (m) (m) Tons 4.40 9.59 1.57 0.40 2.0 2.0 10 5.47
Table 5.23: Summary of Analysis for Valve Chamber (N140°) S Critical Size of Wedge FS before Required Supports FS N Wedges Vol. Face Apex Support Pattern Rock Bolts Shotcrete after (m3) Area Height (cm) Support (m2) (m) 1 Wedge No.1 Length Spacing Wt.= 7.7 (m) (m) Tons 1.33 5.25 1.05 0.05 1.0 1.5 10 15.11 2 Wedge No.5 Length Spacing Wt.= 12 (m) (m) Tons 86.54 53.05 5.37 0.82 5.0 1.5 10 4.67
Table 5.24: Summary of Analysis for Horizontal Pressure Tunnel (N140°) S Critical Size of Wedge FS before Required Supports FS N Wedges Vol. Face Apex Support Pattern Rock Bolts Shotcrete after (m3) Area Height (cm) Support (m2) (m)
5-45 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
1 Wedge No.1 Length Spacing Wt.= 7.7 (m) (m) Tons 0.05 0.66 0.35 0.05 1.0 1.5 10 31.09 2 Wedge No.5 0.82 Length Spacing Wt.= 12 (m) (m) Tons 5.57 8.49 2.22 2.0 1.5 10 7.11
5.6.11 Finite Element Method
The failure of a rock mass around an underground opening depends upon the in-situ stress level and upon the characteristics of the rock mass. PHASE2 program is used to estimate the safety factor in the surrounding rock mass and mode of post failure nature. This program uses a two-dimensional hybrid finite element /boundary element model.
5.6.11.1 Available Data
Available data for the design of underground structures are reasonable for the current stage of study. The required data were extracted from present detailed surface geological mapping, parametric studies and empirical techniques. Detailed surface geological mapping was carried out. The major joints, ‘Q’ and RMR values are derived from the surface geological mapping and the engineering properties of the rock mass were obtained from the empirical relations and from the similar rock types in other projects of Nepal.
The following assumptions were considered for the support design of underground structures of the project. The in- situ stresses and elastic properties of the rock mass were not available at this stage of the study. However, with reference to in-situ stresses measured at Arun III and Middle Marsyangdi Hydropower Projects, stress analysis for the underground opening of Upper Trishuli 3B Hydropower Project was carried out at this level of study. Since no in-situ measurements were carried out at this study, the major principal
stress (1) was assumed to be equal to the vertical stress due to overburden, the minor
principal stress (3) was assumed to be 0.5 times the vertical stress with addition of tectonic stress component of 1 Mpa and the intermediate principal or out-of plane
5-46 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
stress (2) was assumed to be the sum of the minor principal stress and a tectonic stress component of 1 MPa. A tectonic stress was added to the horizontal stresses. This tectonic stress was added based on stress measurement carried out at Middle Marsyangdi Hydropower Project.
It is assumed that the orientation of major principal stress (1) in vertical direction and
the minor principal stress (3) in the horizontal direction perpendicular to tunnel axis
and intermediate or out-of-plane stress (2) in the horizontal direction parallel to the tunnel alignment.
Elastic and plastic parameters for the gneiss, schist and quartzite rock masses were not available at this stage. These parameters were obtained from empirical relations, past precedence and experiences from other projects of Nepal. The rock mass was considered ideally to be elastic- plastic material with no strength drop once yield is reached.
5.6.11.2Result of Analysis
The elastic–plastic stress analysis by finite element method using PHASE2 program was carried out for tunnel in good, fair and poor to very poor rock. The results of analysis are summarized in Table 5.26 and parameters used for the analysis is shown in Table 5.25.
5-47 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.25: Basic Design Parameters for Elasto - Plastic Analysis
S.N IN - SITU STRESSES ROCK CLASS ELASTIC ROCK MASS STRENGTH BOLT PROPERTIES (25 mm PROPERTIES PROPERTIES diameter) E PEAK RESIDUAL HOEK – BROWN CAPACITY CAPACITY 1 2 3 MPa MPa MPa Deg E () mb s mr s Intact UCS (MPa) (MN) (MN) (Mpa) (peak) (peak) (res) (res) (MPa) 1 Headrace Tunnel 1.1 10 7 6 90 Rock Type-class II 32500 0.20 8.8 0.016 8.8 0.016 100 200000 0.2 0.02 (Good Rock), Gneiss 1.2 10 7 6 90 Rock Type-class II 27800 0.25 2.6 0.015 2.6 0.015 80 200000 0.2 0.02 (Good Rock), (Schist with quartzite) 1.3 10 7 6 90 Rock Type-class III 12600 0.25 1.5 0.003 1.5 0.003 80 200000 0.2 0.02 (Fair Rock) (Schist with quartzite) 1.4 10 7 6 90 Rock Type-class IV 8100 0.30 0.8 0.0004 0.8 0.0004 80 200000 0.2 0.02 (Poor rock), (Schist with quartzite) 1.5 10 7 6 90 Rock Type-class V 2500 0.35 0.4 0.0 0.4 0.0 80 200000 0.2 0.02 (Very Poor rock), (Schist with quartzite)
5-48 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.26: Summary of the result of analysis
S Rock Total Displacement N Type (mm) FS FS Before After Rock bolt & Before Support After Support Support Shotcrete Location Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Good Wall Wall Wall Wall 1 Rock 1.24 0.52 1.43 1.25 0.52 1.35 1.28 0.85 1.28 2 1.2 1.2
Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Fair Wall Wall Wall Wall 2 Rock 3.52 1.60 3.84 3.2 1.28 3.5 1.28 0.85 1.28 1.28 0.85 1.28
Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Tunnel Poor 3 Wall Wall Wall Wall Rock 5.2 2.4 6.0 4.8 2.0 5.2 0.86 0.86 0.86 7.6 17.2 6.4 Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Crown Side Floor Very Wall Wall Wall Wall 4 Poor 16.6 8.9 17.9 12 5.0 14.0 0.86 0.86 0.86 1.7 0.86 1.28 Rock 2.6 1.9 2.8 2.6 2.6 2.88 1.28 0.85 1.28 1.28 0.85 1.28
The analysis showed a maximum displacement of 17.9 mm for very poor rock, 6.0 mm for poor rock, 3.84 mm in fair rock and 1.43 mm for good rock. These displacements have been decreased to some extent after installing the support as shown in above Table 5.25.
5.6.12 Slope Stability
The surface slope stability condition is mainly focused on backslope of powerhouse site. The slope is stable during the present study. The backslope of powerhouse site mainly consists of colluvium and alluvium deposits. The colluvial deposit is estimated about 20 – 25 m thick. It comprises of angular to subangular boulder to gravel sized fragments of schist and quartzite in sandy silty matrix. Therefore it is recommended to maintain the slope angle less than 45° after the excavation of backslope of the powerhouse site from safety point of view. The backslope after excavation shall be treated with 30cm of shotcrete with soil nailing about 8 - 10m long at an interval of 5 m grid.
5-49 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.6.13 Conclusions and Recommendations
The rock support recommended for the different underground structures during this stage of study is mainly based on above empirical/numerical analysis and rock mass classification. Gneiss and intercalation of schist and quartzite are the rock types exposed in the project area. Rock mass classification has been carried out using RMR and Q systems. Thus, the analysis is mainly carried out for good, fair, poor and very poor rock. The rock mass classification showed the good to very poor quality rock types and accordingly support types S-2, S-3, S-4 and S-5 are recommended. These support patterns will have to be re-evaluated through detailed analysis supported by rock mechanics tests, in-situ stress measurement in tunnel and the rock mass classification carried out in the tunnel after excavation during the construction phase.
5-50 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.26: Rock Support Pattern for Upper Trishuli-3B Hydroelectric Project
S. SUPPORT LOCATION FIBRE CONCRET ROCK BOLTS, = 25 mm N TYPE REINFORCED E LINING LENGTH SPACING SHOTCRETE IN- OUT-OF PLANE PLANE
1 Headrace Tunnel ( L ≈ 3.745 Km, Excavated Dia. = 6.8 m, 6.1m) Support Type Crown 100 mm 2.50 m 2.50 m 2.50 m – S2 1.1 (Rock Class – - Sidewalls 100 mm 2.50 m 2.50 m 2.50 m Q2) (Good Rock) Crown 100 mm 2.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m Support Type 300 mm (50% – S3 concrete lining (Rock Class – & 50% 2.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 1.2 Q3) Sidewalls 100 mm shotcrete (Fair Rock) lining) Support Type Sidewalls 100 mm 2.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m – S4 1.3 (Rock Class – 300 mm Q4) Sidewalls 100 mm 2.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m (Poor Rock)
Support Type - Crown 150 mm 300 mm with 2.50 m 1.50 m 1.50 m S5 steel ribs of 1.4 (Rock Class - 150 mm ISMB 200 X 2.50 m 1.50 m 1.50 m Sidewalls Q5) 100 at 1.25 m (V.Poor Rock) spacing 2 Surge Tank (Excavated, Dia.= 15.0 m, height = 37.5 m) Rock Class – Q - 200 mm 500 mm 6 .00 m 2.50 m 2.50 m 2.1 3 (Fair Rock) 3 Adit Tunnel (Exca Dia.= 4.2m) Support Type - Crown 100 mm 2.0 m 1.50 m 1.50 m S3 3.1 Rock Class - Sidewalls 100 mm - 2.0 m 1.50 m 1.50 m Q3 (Fair Rock) 4 Drop Shaft (Exca Dia.= 5.0m) Rock Class - - 100 mm 2.0 m 1.50 m 1.50 m 4.1 Q3 300 mm (Fair Rock) 5 Horizontal Pressure Tunnel (Exca Dia.= 5.0m) Rock Class - Crown 100 mm 300 mm 2.5 m 1.25 m 1.25 m 5.1 Q3 concrete lining (Fair Rock) Sidewall 100 mm with steel 2.5 m 1.25 m 1.25 m lining 6 Valve Chamber (L: 15.9m, Exca W: 8.5m, Exca H: 11.9m) Rock Class - Crown 100 mm 5.0 m 1.5 m 1.5 m 300 mm 6.1 Q3 Sidewall 100 mm concrete lining 5.0 m 1.5 m 1.5 m (Fair Rock)
5-51 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.27: Chainage wise Support Class Headrace Tunnel
Chainage (m) Rock Class Support Type From To 0+383 0+633 II S-2 0+633 0+742.5 III S-3 0+742.5 0+828 IV S-4 0+828 0+946.5 III S-3 0+946.5 1+032.5 V S-5 1+032.5 1+110 III S-3 1+110 1+258 II S-2 1+258 1+483 III S-3 1+483 1+715 III S-3 1+715 1+898 III S-3 1+898 2+230 III S-3 2+230 2+435 II S-2 2+435 2+538 IV S-4 2+538 2+800 II S-2 2+800 2+897 IV S-4 2+897 3+079.5 III S-3 3+079.5 3+216.5 II S-2 3+216.5 3+382.5 III S-3 3+382.5 3+565 V S-5 3+565 3+741 IV S-4 3+741 3+978 III S-3 3+978 4+080 IV S-4 4+080 4+240 III S-3
5-52 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 5.28: Geological & Geotechnical Evaluation of Option I & Option II Powerhouse Site
Option - I Option - II S Parame Remarks N ters Powerhouse Penstock Powerhouse Surge Penstock Surge Tank Align. Tank Align. Quartzite & Quartzite & Quartzite & Schist Schist Schist Quartzite Schist Schist Schist portion Rock 1 intercalation intercalation intercalation dominates Type over schist in option -I Bedroc 15 m - 18 m 3.10 m (from 3-10 m 37.50 m (from 11.40 m 14.00 m (from 2 k (from core core drilling) (estimated) core drilling) (from core core drilling) Depth drilling) drilling) Alluvial - Colluvium Colluvium Alluvium Colluvium Colluvium Overbu Colluvial (highly (highly (highly (highly (highly rden 3 deposit permeable permeable), permeable) permeable) permeable), Materia (highly estimated probably old l permeable) slide deposit 50 - 140 36 - 51 Core Drilling No rise of 9 - 20 No rise of (highly (highly & testing has pressure hence (moderatel pressure hence Lugeon 4 permeable) permeable) not been considered to y high considered to value carried out highly permeable highly permeable permeable Landslide Landslide Landslide Stable at Stable at Stable at Landslide is present present present not deep Slope seated and has 5 Stabilit only occurred y in overburden material Faults/ No No No No No No 6 Thrust Fair Poor to Fair Fair Poor to Fair Poor to Poor to Fair Rock Fair Mass 7 Classifi cation Geologically, option -I powerhouse site is Geologically, option -II powerhouse site is considered to be fair condition; however the considered to be poor to fair condition, Surface Geologi present slide must be stabilized to prevent the penstock is recommended for this option. cal 8 powerhouse by trimming the slide materials Evaluat and applying the bio-engineering works. ion Underground penstock (drop shaft) is recommended for this option.
5-53 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
5.6.2 Conclusions and Recommendations
The rock support recommended for the different underground structures during this stage of study is mainly based on above empirical/numerical analysis and rock mass classification. Gneiss and intercalation of schist and quartzite are the rock types exposed in the project area. Rock mass classification has been carried out using RMR and Q systems. Thus, the analysis is mainly carried out for good, fair, poor and very poor rock. The rock mass classification showed the good to very poor quality rock types and accordingly support types S-2, S-3, S-4 and S-5 are recommended. These support patterns will have to be re-evaluated through detailed analysis supported by rock mechanics tests, in-situ stress measurement in tunnel and the rock mass classification carried out in the tunnel after excavation during the construction phase.
The following investigations are recommended before the construction of the project.
Drilling
Extra work needed - One vertical borehole (60 m) in the new alternative powerhouse location - One vertical borehole (90 m) in the new alternative surge tank area Test Adit - At least one test adits about 440 m long to carry out in-situ rock mechanics tests - In-situ stress measurement - Modulus of deformation - Shear Test
Construction Materials
The following recommendations are made for the construction phase.
More detailed field and laboratory investigation on river bed material including petrographic analysis, slake durability etc. should be carried out before making final decision on suitability of this material for production of concrete aggregates. Other alternative borrow area has to be investigated to confirm the quality and quantity of construction materials in the construction phase and detailed investigation on quarry site materials has to be also carried out in the construction phase.
5-54 Trishuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Legends
615400E
615600E
615800E
616000E Archale Gaun Ghalegaun
616200E Pairegaun T T o o
C S h o a l n o t n i y B a z a r FOREST FOREST
616400E To Sirupani Simle
616600E To S T h o Dan da ant Gaun i Ba To Da z To S n ha nti B d a az r ar a G
L aun
a
n
d
S
l
i
d e Switchyard Switchyard Area Area 616800E
T o
M a i ul n g K Th o l oa
M a i lu n g K 617000E h o la
617200E 3098400N 3098600N 3098800N 3099000N 3099200N 3099400N 3099600N 3099800N 3100000N 3100200N 3100400N 3100600N 3100800N 3101000N 3101200N 3101400N
Project: Title: SCALE TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B 0 100 200 300 400 500m DWG No GEOLOGICAL MAP & LAYOUT OF SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT PROJECT AREA UT3B-GEO- 01(A) Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal 1:10,000 Legends
615400E
615600E
615800E
T o K a u le 616000E a n d B h a lc h e
PokharI
6
.
6 4 Ghalegaun
To Sole Bazar 616200E LAND SLIDE SLIDE LAND AND VERTICAL CLIFF Champani FOREST FOREST Siureni
E L 616400E 6 3 6 m s l
Kulo Land Slide Sirupani
616600E
H F L L IN E
T o S h a n ti B a z a
r
T
o
B
e
616800E t
r
a
w
a
t i
617000E
617200E 3096600N 3096800N 3097000N 3097200N 3097400N 3097600N 3097800N 3098000N 3098200N 3098400N 3098600N 3098800N 3099000N 3099200N 3099400N
Project: Title: SCALE TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B 0 100 200 300 400 500m DWG No GEOLOGICAL MAP & LAYOUT OF SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT PROJECT AREA UT3B-GEO- 01(B) Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal 1:10,000 Legends
2 nd TUNNEL BENDING POINT 3 rd TUNNEL BENDING POINT 1 st TUNNEL BENDING POINT
900 msl ADIT 3 HEADRACE TUNNEL 4 th TUNNEL BENDING POINT SURGE TANK ADIT 4 START POINT 800 msl ADIT 2
HEADRACE TUNNEL, Ø = 5.5 m HORIZONTAL PRESSURE TUNNEL 700 msl EL702.5 msl VERTICAL PRESSURE SHAFT
600 msl POWERHOUSE TAILRACE CONDUIT 721.01 996.11 718.50 747.71 815.75 941.85 931.64 912.04 844.81 905.19 946.10 721.86 812.97 683.19 663.01 723.20 836.39 837.80 822.57 835.00 828.24 896.82 938.44 932.97 926.54 900.60 879.07 828.98 982.04 984.43 985.00 985.65 998.52 989.63 959.72 922.29 894.23 840.03 830.37 722.43 788.76 838.76 639.45 626.28 1018.12 1041.35 1095.18 1055.14 1035.21 1013.50 1003.99 1080.27 1083.34 1088.57 1076.64 1075.33 1037.54 1027.22 1007.69 Original Ground Original Elevation in m 0+000 0+160 0+320 0+480 0+640 0+800 0+960 1+120 1+280 1+440 1+600 1+760 1+920 2+080 2+240 2+400 2+560 2+720 2+880 3+040 3+200 3+360 3+520 3+680 3+840 4+000 4+160 4+320 4+480 4+640
Rock Intercalation of Schist & Quartzite Schist dominates over Quartz Type Gneiss
Tunneling Favourable if tunnel drives with dip direction Condition Fair if tunnel drives with dip direction
Ground Water DAMPDRY WET DAMP DRY
RMR 65-70 45-5525-35 45-55 <20 45-55 65-70 50-60 30-4050-60 40-55 65-7030-40 60-70 30-35 45-55 60-65 50-60 <20 30-35 50-60 30-35
Q-Value 21-23 5-7 2-35-7 <15-7 21-23 8.5-10 2.5-3.58.5-10 3.5-5 21-232.5-3.0 20-23 2.5-3.5 7.5-9 20-228.5-10 <1 2.5-3.5 8.5-10 2.5-3.5 Rock Class IIIII IVIII VIII II III III III III IIIV II IVIII IIIII V IV III IV
Project: Title: TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B GEOLOGICAL SECTION SCALE DWG No SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT FROM INTAKE TO POWERHOUSE 0 125 250 375 500m. UT3B-GEO-02(A) Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal
SCALE 1:12500 3100950N
3100900N
4
3
-
2 -
-
D
D
L
D
L
L
S
5
S
6 -
S
-
D D
L D-1
L SL S S 14 3100850N
3100800N
616500E616550E 616600E 616650E 616700E 616750E 616800E Project: Title: SCALE TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B 0 10 20 30 40 50m DWG No Location of Drill Hole & Seismic Line SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT INTAKE SITE UT3B-GEO- 03 Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal 1:1000 L-3 13
3100850N
3100800N L1
2 - T L
S
3 - T L 3100750N S
L-2
A nd h 4 e - ri T K L h o S la
4 - S T LT L 3100700N -1 S 5 An - dh T e L ri K h S ola L-4
5 A - nd T he L ri K 6 S h - L-5 ol T a L
S
3100650N
16 L-6
3100600N
3100550N
616050E 616100E 616150E 616200E 616250E 616300E 616350E 616400E 616450E 616500E Project: Title: SCALE TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B 0 15 30 45 60 75m DWG No Location of Drill Hole & Seismic Line SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT ANDHERI KHOLA CROSSING SITE UT3B-GEO- 04 Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal 1:1500 DWG No DWG
UT3B-GEO- 05
r
e
v
i
R
i
l
u
s i
r T 40 50m 30 20 1:1000 10 0
SCALE
4
-
P
T
A G EXPLORATION MAP EXPLORATION POWER HOUSE SITE 616550E DHP-2 Nuwakot,Nepal UPPER TRISHULI 3 B 3 TRISHULI UPPER HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT Project: Title: 616400E 616450E 616500E 616600E 616650E SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu SorhaKhutte, Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED COMPANY JALAVIDYUT TRISHULI 3097850N 3098050N 3098000N 3097950N 3097900N N Z DWG No DWG
683.07 639.90 665.45 813.15 UT3B-GEO- 06 UT3B-GEO- 3097359.831 3097410.450 3097625.756 3097447.957 80 100m 60 Geographical Co- ordinates Co- Geographical
40 X Y
1:2000 616196.445 616434.629 616397.420 616353.178 20 0 40 60 50 50 Length (m) Length SCALE Location Allignment Power House Surge Tank DESCRIPTION HOLES OF DRILL Penstock/ Pressure Shaft New Power House Location DRILL HOLE HOLE DRILL LOCATION Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical POWER HOUSE AND SURGE TANK SITE Inclination and Direction DST-1 DPA-1 DPH-1 DPH-2 l s m
5 2 7
L Drill Hole No. E Nuwakot,Nepal UPPERB 3 TRISHULI HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT Project: Title: SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED LEGEND:
CONTOUR 2101 2100
TRACK WITH BRIDGE GATP-6
RIVER
CANAL
HOUSES
TEMPLE
FENCING
ELECTRIC LINE
CLIFF
LANDSLIDE
132 Kv TOWER
X12 722.4 T-1 To Kaule TRAVERSE POINT 915.22
S6 Saune Kholsa EDGE/EMBANKMENT 621.9 To Kaule N Cultivated Land S8 673.5
S7
640.4 BOULDER
X11
735.7
X10 Forest TREE 772.05 Forest Cultivated Land Topleko Khet
X9 ELECTRIC POLE 763.6
Cultivated Land BM1 BENCH MARK S17
X8 740.6 Forest Forest 1112.22 749.9 S5 Forest 621.7
Forest Topleko Khet
Rock Cliff
Forest S9 To Ambote S4 662.1 621.9
S13
662.6
Jagate Danda GBTP-4
670.2 X7
Cultivated Land
GBTP-3 S3 MAIN CONTOUR INTERVAL : 5m. 618.9 GB INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR INTERVAL : 1m. GBTP-2 X6 630.6 REFERENCE : MEAN SEA LEVEL (INDIA)
S1
640.4 GBTP-5
616.2 S2
GBTP-1
619.4 X4
629.8 X3
Project: Title: TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B BORROW SITE GB SCALE DWG No SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT 0 20 40 60 80m. UT3B-GEO-07(A) Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SURVEY
SCALE 1:2000 LEGEND:
CONTOUR 2101 2100
TRACK WITH BRIDGE
RIVER
CANAL
HOUSES
TEMPLE
FENCING
ELECTRIC LINE
CLIFF
LANDSLIDE
132 Kv TOWER T-1 TRAVERSE POINT 915.22 EDGE/EMBANKMENT
BOULDER
TREE
ELECTRIC POLE BM1 BENCH MARK 1112.22
MAIN CONTOUR INTERVAL : 5m. INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR INTERVAL : 1m. REFERENCE : MEAN SEA LEVEL (INDIA)
Project: Title: TRISHULI JALAVIDYUT COMPANY LIMITED UPPER TRISHULI 3 B BORROW SITE GA & QUARRY SITE QB SCALE DWG NO SorhaKhutte, Kathmandu HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT 0 50 100 150 200m. UT3B-GEO-07(B) Ph:01-4360011,01-4373781,01-4384443 Nuwakot,Nepal CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SURVEY
SCALE 1:5000
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 6: Layout Optimization
6.1 Introduction
During the feasibility study, NEA has described two alternative option of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. The headworks of these two alternative are same in both cases, the difference is the location of the powerhouse site. The lower alternative option has powerhouse site at the confluence of Salankhu Khola and Trisuli River having the installed capacity 46 MW. This option has cancelled based on the boundary available for the survey license of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project, Therefore, during the feasibility study, the alternative option of powerhouse located at Champani village near the New bridge has selected. The installed capacity of this alternative option is 37 MW.
The review study and field verification were conducted by the team of engineers from Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited. Four important remarks were made.
a) Upper Trisuli 3A HEP has a provision of Upper Trisuli 3B intake at the tailrace pond of the Upper Trisuli 3A HEP, the same intake has been considered in the design of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP. b) The proposed powerhouse has undergone land slide activity at the powerhouse area in the year 2011, these needs to be taken care in the detail engineering phase. Alternatively, it seems suitable to shift the powerhouse area by 500 m downstream from the proposed powerhouse area. c) The rock cover of the headrace tunnel at Andheri Khola crossing is not sufficient; therefore, the tunnel alignment has to shift inward by around 200 m inside. d) In order to exploit the available resources, it is due consideration given to maximize the energy from the layout.
The alternative studies with three different project layout/configurations were appraised based on two different location of powerhouse site for the detail design of the project. In alternative option I, the location of the powerhouse is nearly 0.5 km further south and 0.6 km upstream of Salankhu Khola. The following sections describe the different aspects of the alternate study in detail. 6-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
6.2 Study of Possible Alternative Layouts for the Project
The company TJCL has studied three different alternative layout options in the detail design phase. The cost estimate corresponding to quantity estimate of each alternative have been carried out separately. The energy estimate and installed capacity of each alternative have been estimated as per the water conveyance layouts. The details of head loss estimate are given in Design Calculation. The separate economic and financial analyses were carried out to select the best project layout optimization.
However, following layout option are not considered in the layout optimization of the project.
a) Underground intake Since, the Upper Trisuli 3B HEP is constructing the head pond for Upper Trisuli 3B HEP, in the layout optimization, the underground intake option is not considered. b) Surface surge tank It is noticed from the topographic mapping and survey, the space is not available to locate the surface surge tank. From the drilling results at the proposed surge tank area, the bed rock is found at 19 m below the ground level. c) Underground powerhouse Since the rock available at the powerhouse area is soft schist, the possibility of underground power house is over ruled in the layout optimization. The unconfined compressive strength of the bed rock available at the powerhouse area varies from 179 kg/cm2 to 899 kg/cm2. d) The powerhouse at the alluvial/colluvial bed is not considered. The foundation of the powerhouse considered is on the bed rock. e) Since the penstock alignment needs heavy excavation for the bed rock anchoring, surface penstock is not considered in the layout optimization. The drop shaft option is considered in the layout optimization.
The layouts of all the alternatives were done in the topographic map and survey in 1:500 scale. Quantity estimate of all the structure are based on the structural optimization. The diameter of the concrete lined tunnel is 5.5 m (circular) and that of the shotcrete lined tunnel is 6.6 m (horse shoe shape). The diameter of pressure tunnel and drop shaft is 4.2 m. The dimensions of the
6-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP surge tank are based on the surge analysis. The height of the surge tank is 37.4 m and diameter is 15 m.
The energy estimate is based on the hydrology of the project after deduction of environmental release 3.84 m3/s. Following table shows the monthly power flow to estimate the total energy.
Table 6-1: Flow Data Used for the Alternative Studies Month River Flow Flow for Energy Jan 43.40 39.56 Feb 38.40 34.56 Mar 38.40 34.56 Apr 48.30 44.46 May 86.80 82.96 Jun 238.80 234.96 Jul 523.50 519.66 Aug 603.80 599.96 Sep 389.80 385.96 Oct 161.20 157.36 Nov 78.30 74.46 Dec 53.20 49.36
Following paragraph deals the separate alternative options in brief.
6.2.1 Alternative-I
This project taps water from the tailrace pond proposed by Trisuli 3A HEP and passes to the headrace pipe, Headrace tunnel, dropshaft and then to pressure tunnel. This is a longer tunnel length option. The full supply level was fixed at EL726.00 m. The tailrace water level is varies from 626.49 m to 627.91 m. the total number of adit required is three. This alternative layout consists of the following physical parameters:
a) Intake Water directly taps from the outlet of the Trisuli 3A Tailrace outlet (Surface intake). b) Surface Conveyance 364.27 m headrace pipe (concrete cover) from Tailrace of 6-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
UT3A HEP to tunnel intake. c) Underground Conveyance 3744.69 m tunnel from Intake to surge Tank d) Underground Conveyance 98.17 m horizontal tunnel after S/T, 69.07 m drop shaft, 181.65 m horizontal pressure tunnel after drop shaft Followed by powerhouse and tailrace e) Total length of Adit 1017 m f) Length of Tailrace tunnel 123.93 m g) Design Discharge 51 m3/s h) Total net head 95.13 m i) Installed Capacity 42 MW j) Plant Efficiency 88.25 % k) Dry season Energy 94.54 GWh l) Total Energy 337.88 GWh m) Energy Price 4.5 NPr/unit (3% escalation in Energy Price for 9 years) n) Cost of the project 7040.98 Million NPr o) B/C Ratio 1.67 p) FIRR of the project 18.53 q) NPV 4,396,546
6.2.2 Alternative-II
This option is similar to feasibility study carried out by Nepal Electricity Authority. Water from the tailrace pond proposed by Trisuli 3A HEP and passes to the headrace pipe and then to Headrace tunnel. This is a shorter tunnel length option. The full supply level was fixed at EL726.00 m. The tailrace water level is varies from 638.95 m to 640.13 m. The total number of adit required is three. This alternative layout consists of the following physical parameters:
a) Intake Water directly taps from the outlet of the Trisuli 3A Tailrace outlet (Surface intake) b) Surface Conveyance 364.27 m headrace pipe (concrete cover) from Tailrace of UT3A HEP to tunnel intake and tunnel intake. c) Underground Conveyance 3250.9 m tunnel from Intake to surge Tank r) Underground Conveyance 92 m horizontal tunnel after S/T, 47.81 m inclined drop shaft, 311.3 m horizontal pressure tunnel after
6-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
inclined drop shaft followed by powerhouse and tailrace d) Total length of Adit 1165.5m e) Length of Tailrace tunnel 53 m f) Design Discharge 51 m3/s g) Total net head 83.32 m h) Installed Capacity 36.0 MW i) Plant Efficiency 86.83 % j) Dry season Energy 81.17 GWh k) Total Energy 289.81 GWh l) Energy Price 4.5 NPr/unit (3% escalation in Energy Price for 9 years) m) Cost of the project 6,457 Million NPr n) B/C Ratio 1.56 o) FIRR of the project 16.56 p) NPV 3,380,264
6.2.3 Alternative-III
This option is similar to feasibility study carried out by Nepal Electricity Authority, it has longer tailrace channel to gain the head. Water from the tailrace pond proposed by Trisuli 3A HEP and passes to the headrace pipe and then to Headrace tunnel. This is a shorter tunnel length option. . The full supply level was fixed at EL726.00 m. The tailrace water level is varies from 634.58 m to 635.43 m. the total number of adit required is three. This alternative layout consists of the following physical parameters:
a) Intake Water directly taps from the outlet of the Trisuli 3A Tailrace outlet (Surface intake) b) Surface Conveyance 284.27 m headrace pipe (concrete cover) from Tailrace of UT3A HEP to tunnel intake and tunnel intake. c) Underground Conveyance 3250.9 m tunnel from Intake to surge Tank d) Underground Conveyance 92.0 m horizontal tunnel after S/T, 52.51 m inclined drop shaft, 311.3 m horizontal pressure tunnel after inclined drop shaft followed by powerhouse and tailrace e) Total length of Adit 1165.5 m f) Length of Tailrace tunnel 179.84 m g) Design Discharge 51 m3/s 6-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
h) Total net head 87.43 m i) Installed Capacity 37.5 MW j) Plant Efficiency 86.67 % k) Dry season Energy 85.25 GWh l) Total Energy 304.56 GWh m) Energy Price 4.5 NPr/unit (3% escalation in Energy Price for 9 years) n) Cost of the project 6742 Million NPr o) B/C Ratio 1.57 p) FIRR of the project 16.75 q) NPV 3,595,820
6.3 P r e s e n t a t i o n of Recommended Layout
For the appraisal of the best alternative layout, a financial evaluations were carried out for all the alternatives. The separate energy estimate is done for all the alternatives.
Table 6.2: summary of Cost Comparison of Different Layouts Option Installed Base cost civil Base cost Total Cost B/C FIRR Capacity (NPr) E/M (NPr) including tax and price contingencies (NPr) I 42 MW 3,706,834,348 1,757,868,074 7,040,982,060 1.55 17.23% II 36 MW 3,395,929,907 1,615,086,635 6,457,027,468 1.45 15.27% III 37.5 MW 3,566,985,714 1,663,036,400 6,742,057,025 1.46 15.46%
The economic indicators were calculated on the basis of 4.5 NPr per kWh for energy values. Based on the results of the economic analysis as shown in above table, Alternative I (longer tunnel) option is better than other options.
Detail comparison studies of all the alternatives are given in Table 6.3.
6-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 3: Details of Cost Comparison of different layouts
Option I Option II Option III S.N. Description of Item (42MW) (36MW) (37.5MW) A Land & Support 210000000.00 210000000.00 210000000.00 Pre-Operating Expenses & B 720000000.00 720000000.00 720000000.00 Management Cost C Infrastructure Works 93358372.01 93358372.01 93358372.01
D Civil Cost 2,683,475,975.92 2,372,571,534.96 2,543,627,342.29 D 1 General Items 272,800,000.00 272,800,000.00 272,800,000.00 D 2 Main Civil Works 2,410,675,975.92 2,099,771,534.96 2,270,827,342.29 100 Head Pond at Tailrace of UT3A 141,313,974.08 141,313,974.08 141,313,974.08 200 Adit Tunnel-1 71,682,594.60 71,682,594.60 71,682,594.60 300 Adit Tunnel-2 46,459,700.74 61,736,091.32 61,736,091.32 400 Adit Tunnel-3 34,857,066.02 44,687,027.89 44,687,027.89 500 Headrace Pressure Pipe 133,113,563.53 133,113,563.53 133,113,563.53 900 Headrace Tunnel (Upto Surge Tank) 1,208,813,207.42 1,042,432,538.83 1,042,432,538.83 1000 Underground Surge Tank 113,601,089.16 113,601,089.16 113,601,089.16 1100 Valve Chamber & Access Tunnel 22,491,035.66 22,242,140.52 22,242,140.52 1700 Pressure Tunnel & Vertical Shaft 146,823,748.75 178,513,361.82 179,721,482.01 2600 Powerhouse 330,993,710.58 189,226,268.94 197,180,839.76 2700 Tailrace Conduit 97,389,898.20 38,086,497.09 199,979,613.43 2800 Tailrace Pond 43,460,900.12 43,460,900.12 43,460,900.12 3000 Switchyard (Civil Works) 19,675,487.06 19,675,487.06 19,675,487.06 E Hydro Mechanical Cost 451,363,073.81 495,225,206.65 496,514,078.31 3200 Gates/Stoplogs/Valve 142,728,782.28 142,728,782.28 142,728,782.28 3300 Steel Lining in Pressure Shaft 164,568,649.58 208,430,782.41 209,719,654.08 3400 Headrace Pressure Pipe 142,982,920.15 142,982,920.15 142,982,920.15 3500 Trash Rack 301,497.89 301,497.89 301,497.89 3600 Air Suction Pipe (Surge Tank to Valve Chamber) 781,223.91 781,223.91 781,223.91
6-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
F Electro-Mechanical Cost 1,306,505,000.00 1,119,861,428.57 1,166,522,321.43 3700 Turbine Equipment 388,858,750.00 333,307,500.00 347,195,312.50 3800 Generator 521,360,000.00 446,880,000.00 465,500,000.00 3900 Auxiliaries - Hydraulic Equipment 27,431,250.00 23,512,500.00 24,492,187.50 4000 Auxiliaries - Electrical Equipment 359,955,000.00 308,532,857.14 321,388,392.86 4100 Gantry Crane 8,900,000.00 7,628,571.43 7,946,428.57 G 132kV Single Circuit Transmission
Line and bay extension and metering 28,500,000.00 28,500,000.00 28,500,000.00 arrangement in Trishuli 3B Hub
Total (A+B+C+D+E+F+G) 5,493,202,421.74 5,039,516,542.19 5,258,522,114.05 VAT @ 1% (E/M, H/M
&Transmission Line) & @13% in 499,752,145.97 457,906,754.26 480,623,506.86 others
Base Cost as of 2013 5,992,954,567.71 5,497,423,296.45 5,739,145,620.90
Physical Contingencies 460,001,839.00 420,347,323.00 439,850,392.00 5.0 % of E/M &H/M Works and Transmission Line 89,318,403.69 80,754,331.76 83,151,819.99 10.0 % of Main Civil Works & Others 370,683,434.79 339,592,990.70 356,698,571.43
Total Cost as of 2013 6,452,956,407.00 5,917,770,620.00 6,178,996,013.00
Taxes & Duties (1.5%) 96,794,346.11 88,766,559.30 92,684,940.20
Total Cost with Taxes & Duties 6,549,750,753.11 6,006,537,179.30 6,271,680,953.20
Price Contingencies (7.5%) 491,231,306.48 450,490,288.45 470,376,071.49 Total escalated cost at the end of the construction 7,040,982,060.00 6,457,027,467.75 6,742,057,024.68
Interest during construction (10%) 704,098,206.00 645,702,746.77 674,205,702.47
Total financial cost of the project at the end of Construction NRs. 7,745,080,266.00 7,102,730,215.00 7,416,262,728.00
Exchange Rate 1 US$ is 95 95 95 equivalent to NRs. 95.00
Total financial cost of the project 81,527,161 74,765,581 78,065,923 at the end of construction in US$.:
Specific Cost of the project 1,941 2,077 2,082 (US $ / kW): B/C Ratio 1.55 1.45 1.46 FIRR 17.23 15.27 15.46
6-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 7: Project Design and Description
7.1 General
This project is a tailrace cascade development of Upper Trisuli 3A Hydroelectric Project (60 MW). The discharge from the tailrace of Upper Trisuli 3A Hydroelectric Project (UT3A HEP) is conveyed to the head pond of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project (UT3B HEP) located in the tailrace outlet of UT3A HEP, downstream side. The Upper Trisuli 3A HEP tailrace pond or the head pond for Upper Trisuli 3B has been arranged in such a way that the flow from the tailrace outlet of UT3A HEP is released into the UT3B HEP surface headpond. The intake to the headrace pipe of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is located at the southern end of the headpond. The maximum gross head is 99.31 m with a reference to a head water level of EL 726 masl and tail water level of EL 626.69 masl.
The length of headrace pipe from intake pond to the tunnel entry is 384.27 m including 20 m concrete duct. The headrace tunnel is 3744.694 m long and has two Adits. The surge tank is located at 150 m northwest of the powerhouse. The water conveyance from surge tank to powerhouse comprises of pressure tunnel, drop shaft and pressure tunnel after drop shaft. The semi surface powerhouse is located on the right bank of Trisuli, 3 km upstream of Betrawati. The tailrace consists of a 123.93 m long cut and cover conduit which finally discharges the flow into Trisuli River. The switch yard is located in front of the powerhouse. The Trisuli 3B hub, 220 kV, is under construction, located near the Shanti Bazar, is 3 km far from the Trisuli 3B HEP powerhouse site. This hub is used to evacuate the power from Upper Trisuli 3B HEP.
7.2 Design Basis
The layout optimization has been carried out to confirm the best alternative of Trisuli 3B HEP. The alternative option I is the final layout option, which has the following arrangement of project components configuration,
7-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
a) Headrace pipe after Trisuli 3B tailrace pond The intake of Trsuli 3B HEP is comprising of a Trisuli 3A tailrace pond, this pond is directly connected to the headrace pipe via square concrete conduit. The length of headrace pipe is 464.27 m. b) Headrace tunnel Consisting of 3744.69 m long headrace tunnel before surge tank. c) Surge tank, Diameter and height of surge tank is 15 m and 37.4 m respectively. d) Pressure Tunnel after surge tank, Consisting of 98.17 m long pressure tunnel after surge tank. e) Drop shaft Consisting of 69.07 m long vertical pressure shaft f) Pressure tunnel before powerhouse Consisting of 181.65 m long horizontal pressure tunnel g) Semi surface powerhouse A semi surface powerhouse with two Francis turbines with a total installed capacity of 42 MW h) Tailrace box canal. 123.93 m long box canal
The project structures lie entirely on the right bank of Trisuli River. The planning and hydraulic design for Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is governed by the design discharge of Upper Trisuli 3A Hydroelectric Project. The general arrangement of the whole project is as shown in DWG NO UT3B HEP-02.
7.3 Description of Project Components
7.3.1 Project Access
Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project has a good road infrastructure. As this project is envisaged to be constructed during Upper Trisuli 3A HEP construction, the basic infrastructures are already there. The access road from Tupche bazaar to the powerhouse area is a track road newly constructed. This road needs upgrading. The powerhouse is also well accessible from Betrawati
7-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Bazar via new bridge on Trisuli river. The new bridge is constructed across the Trisuli at about 700 m upstream of the tailrace outlet of Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. The road will then use the right bank of Trisuli to reach the intake pond area. This road is built by UT3A HEP.
The project road of 1.447 km length needs to be built for the project construction purpose, which comprises of roads in surge tank adit, powerhouse area, road diversion. The project road is shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-14 and details are shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-35 to 42.
7.3.2 River Diversion
Since the tailrace pond of Trisuli-3A HEP acts as the intake portal of Trisuli 3B HEP, the river diversion is not required for the construction of the intake. Similarly, no diversion structures will be required for the construction of the powerhouse as well. However, for the construction of tailrace pond of Trisuli 3B HEP, the diversion of Trisuli river is required. The river diversion plan at the tailrace pond is shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-28 and 29.
7.3.3 Headpond/Intake Portal
The intake portal or head pond is downstream of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP tailrace connected to the headrace pipe of UT3B HEP. The construction of intake portal shall be done by the Trisuli 3A HEP. The layout plan of intake portal and headrace pipe is shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-06 and 08. In this design phase, the surface area and volume of head pond adopted is 1888.6 m2 and 11200 m3 respectively. In the study of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP, the volume of the pond estimated is 8260 m3.
The pondage area located immediately downstream of the tailrace outlet for Upper Trisuli 3A Hydroelectric Project will act as the tailrace pond for UT3AHEP and will function as the headpond for Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. The intake pond is controlled by the vertical lift gate provided at the inlet to the headrace pipe of UT3B HEP. The upstream part of the headrace pipe consist of concrete duct rectangular in shape while the downstream part of the headrace pipe is steel penstock pipe with concrete cover. As the upper reaches of Trisuli River along the headpond is comparatively narrower than the lower reaches this arrangement will prevent any damage to the
7-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
headrace pipe structure and will maintain a safe passage for the 1:1000 year.
The invert level of the intake is kept at EL 714.90 masl whereas the deck level of intake is at EL 729.00 masl. The height of the pond intake varies from 8 m to 16.8 m.
For insuring minimum required head for the submergence, the tailrace pond of UT3A HEP is modified into the head pond for UT3B HEP. Originally, the invert level of tailrace pond is at El. 721.0. To insure the sufficient submergence at the intake, the invert bed level of pond is lower down to El. 712.2 msl. The slope length of tailrace pond is 17.6 m having slope of 0.5 H: 1V. The remaining 13 m of the pond invert level is fixed at El 712.2 msl. The normal water level at UT3A HEP. The Full supply level of tailrace pond has been set as 726 msl. The submergence depth of 6 m from the crown level of concrete pressure duct. The length of the concrete duct is 20 m from the bell mouth entry. The pressure pipe has been proposed after the concrete duct. The length and diameter of concrete cover steel pipe diameter are 364.27 m and 5.1 m respectively. The longitudinal section of headpond and box duct are shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-09 and 10 respectively.
Since the depth of the pond is lower down to 712.2 msl from 721.0 msl, the volume of the pond has been increased to 11200 m3 from 8260 m3. This modification of head pond has to be done by Upper Trisuli 3A HEP.
Hydraulic Steel Structures
The intake will have the following hydraulic steel structures:
• Trashrack • Fixed wheeled gate • Stoplogs
One set of fixed wheel gates and stoplog will be provided at the entrance to the headrace tunnel. The gate will be operated from the operating platform constructed at an elevation of EL 729.00 masl. A sliding slot will be provided along its height to slide the gate and stop logs to its position in the headrace pipe. A 5.0 m wide permanent access road connects this operating platform with the
7-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
main access road.
Trashrack The intake gates will be provided with a set of trashracks to prevent the entry of debris. The submergence depth of 6 m from the crown level of pressure pipe has been proposed for the pressure pipe diameter of 5.1 m. The trash rack bar spacing of 20 cm clear span is proposed at the start of bell mouth entry for checking the entry of large sized unwanted debris.
Stoplogs Stoplog will be provided at the intake of the headrace tunnel just upstream of the intake of the headrace pipe. These will have a clear width of 5.1 m and a height of 5.1 m. The stoplog will be operated with the help of hoisting devices installed at the operating platform.
Fixed Wheeled Gates A fixed wheeled vertical sliding gate will be installed at the start of headrace pipe in order to enable maintenance work. The gate has a clear width of 5.1 m and a height of 5.1 m. The sill level of the gate is at an elevation of EL 714.90 masl. It will be operated with the help of a proper hoisting device installed at the operating platform.
7.3.4 Headrace Pipe For the purpose of passing design discharge of 51 m3/s from the UT3A HEP tailrace pond to inlet of UT3B HEP, steel pressure pipe with concrete cover has been adopted in the design. The pressure pipe is covered by structural concrete box of pentagonal shape. The minimum thickness of 0.75 m has to be ensured in case of concrete cover box for pressure pipe. The thickness of the pressure pipe has obtained as 14 mm. The internal dimension of the pressure has been designed to be circular shaped of 5.1 m.
The water collected at intake is conveyed to the intake box duct which is ultimately connected to the headrace pipe. The intake box duct is lined with a 1.0 m thick concrete and the size of the box duct is 5.1 m x 5.1 m. The square portion of pressure pipe covers the total length of 20.0 m including transition to circular shaped steel pipe. After the transition headrace pressure pipe of length 364.27 m follows by to tunnel inlet portal. After this the headrace tunnel starts. The circular
7-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
headrace pipe has a diameter of 5.1 m. The layout plan of headrace pipe is shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-06.
There are two minor bends at the pressure pipe whose arc lengths, deflection angles and bend radius are shown in Table 7.1:
Table 7.1: Bend Characteristics of Headrace Pressure Pipe Bend Radius of Bend Length of bend IP Coordinates Deflection Angle No (R) m (m) X= 616829.903 m 1 5 0.68 7.833° Y= 3101160.749 m X= 616732.362m 2 10 4.23 24.255° Y= 3101046.187m
Crossing The headrace pipe crosses the Kholsi from Paire Gaun at chainage 0+073.29. The discharge from this Kholsi at 5 years return period is 2.18 m3/s. This flood is being diverted through the construction of aqueduct crossing over the headrace pipe. The arrangements are shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP-11 and 12.
7.3.5 Headrace Tunnel
The water conveyance from the tunnel intake portal (end of headrace pipe) to the surge tank is the combination of shotcrete lined and concrete lined tunnel. The optimized diameter of 5.5 m (circular) and 6.6 m (horse shoe) diameter for concrete lined section and shotcrete lined section were adopted respectively. The slope and the total length of the headrace tunnel are 0.315 % and 3744.694 m respectively. The layout plan and longitudinal section are shown in DWG No UT3B-HEP-02 and details of chainage are shown in DWG No UT3B-HEP-02(A) to 02(D).
The headrace tunnel crosses three major Kholsi. The tunnel alignment crosses these Kholsi above at about 100 m. The characteristics of these Kholsi are given below:
7-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
S. Name of Catchment Area Kholsi at Chainage 1:100 Year flood No. Kholsi (km2) (m3/s) 1 Torme Khola 2.20 0+744.54 24.46 2 Andheri Khola 9.08 0+907.22 81.29 3 Sukaura Khola 3.905 1+720.37 39.91
As per the geotechnical study, concrete lined section is required in rock support class IV and V while the shotcrete lined section is found to be sufficient in rock support class II and III. The lengths of different type of rock support in headrace tunnel are shown in Table 7.2 below. The geotechnical design of headrace tunnel are shown in “Rock Support Design-October 2013”. The details of headrace tunnel have been illustrated in the Table 7.3 given below:
Table 7.2: Lengths of different rock class in headrace tunnel
Support Class Support Support Support II Class III Class IV Class V 788.25 m 1970.35 m 729.64 m 256.45 m
As per the description of the rock support type, the different type of cross sections are shown in DWG No UT3B-HEP-13.
Table 7.3: Description of Headrace Tunnel before surge tank Description of Item Parameters Total Length of Headrace Tunnel 3744.694 m Slope 0.315% Length of Concrete lined section 1971.271 m (52.6%) Length of Shotcrete lined section 1773.423 m (46.4 %) Invert Level Elevation at the beginning of the sloped portion of headrace El. 713.9 msl tunnel Invert Level Elevation at the end of the sloped portion of headrace tunnel El. 702.5 msl
The headrace tunnel has four numbers of horizontal bends whose details are illustrated in table 7.4 given below.
7-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table 7.4: Details of Horizontal bends for both alternatives Bend Chainage Invert El. Length Radius Def. Angle Coordinates 1 0+532.0 714.4 2.1m 8.25m 14° 18' 32" X= 616521.82 m, Y= 3100877.7 m 2 0+938.79 713.00 4.7 m 8.25m 32° 18' 45" X= 616127.411 m Y= 3100776.402 m 3 1+771.3 709.9 2.5 m 8.25m 17° 34' 39" X= 615928.964 m Y= 3099967.298 m 4 3+980.47 702.61 6.4 m 8.25 m 44 °35 '38 " X= 616075.252 m Y= 3097762.85 m
Rock trap Since the headrace tunnel has 46.4 % of shocrete lined tunnel, the wedge failure lead to the shotcrete or rock fall inside the tunnel. This type of lump material shall be trap into the rock trap. The width and height of the rock trap is 5.5 m and 7.2 m respectively, whereas the length of the rock trap is 30 m. The distance between rock trap and surge tank is 61.9 m. The details of rock trap is shown in the DWG No UT3B HEP- 15.
7.3.6 Surge Shaft/Tank
The type of surge tank is restricted orifice type of surge tank for the selected option. The design of cross section of the surge tank is based on the D Thoma criteria limit cross sectional area method which considers the pressure parameters of the power tunnels. The location of surge shaft is chosen as per adequacy of required rock cover over the roof of surge shaft. The adopted diameter of surge tank and its throttle diameter are of 15 m and 2.0 m respectively. The details of rock support design of surge tank is given in “ Rock Support Design – October 2013”. The detail dimensions as well as elevations of various water levels in the design of surge shaft are listed below:
Table 7.5: Description of designed surge tank Diameter of Surge shaft 15 m Throttling Diameter 2.0 m Maximum Upsurge 15.57 m Maximum Down surge 9.1 m Maximum Upsurge Level 738.9 msl Minimum Down surge Level 714.22 msl
7-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Invert Level of tunnel floor at Centre line of Surge shaft 702.5 msl Hydrostatic Water level at surge shaft 726 msl Hydrodynamic Water Level at Surge shaft 723.32 msl
The crown level of the surge shaft has been fixed at EL 747.40 msl. The total height of surge shaft from the crown of the headrace tunnel up to the base of surge shaft is 37.4 m. The surge shaft will have a 20 cm thick shotcrete and a 50 cm thick reinforced concrete lining. The excavated diameter of the surge shaft is estimated to be 16.4 m.
For the purpose of emptying the pressure tunnel a butterfly valve with air suction pipe is proposed at 30 m downstream of surge tank.
Construction of the surge shaft will be carried out through Adit No. 2 located near the rock trap of tunnel. Details of the surge tank are presented in the in DWG NO UT3B-HEP - 14, 16 and 18.
7.3.7 Pressure Tunnel after Surge Tank
The length of the pressure tunnel after surge tank to drop shaft is 98.17 m including valve chamber cavern and transition from concrete line tunnel to steel lined tunnel and is basically a continuation of the headrace tunnel. In the transition length the diameter of tunnel changes from 5.5 m to 4.2 m, first is concrete lined tunnel and second is steel lined tunnel with concrete reinforced. The thickness of steel lined tunnel after valve chamber is 66.87 m and the thickness of steel line is 14 mm.
The distance between valve chamber and surge tank is 31.3 m. The cavern size of the valve chamber is 15.4 m long, 7 m wide and 11.9 m height which is accessible through adit no. 2. The valve chamber is equipped with the butterfly valve and its diameter is 3.5 m. Provision of this valve will enable dewatering of water in the vertical shaft without having to empty the water in the surge tank. The invert level of the valve chamber is at El. 699.15. Layout plan of Valve chamber is presented in the DWG NO UT3B-HEP - 19.
7-9 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.3.8 Drop Shaft and Horizontal Pressure Tunnel
Total length of vertical shaft is 69.07 m including the bends. The vertical shaft is fully steel lined and provided with concrete backfill of 30 cm thickness. The diameter of vertical shaft is 4.2 m. The steel lined thickness varies from 14 mm to 18 mm at end of drop shaft. Steel thickness is based on the assumption that 50% of the stress is catered by the rock and remaining 50 % only by the steel lining.
The horizontal pressure tunnel from the end of drop shaft to the penstock bifurcation is 181.65 m. The thickness of steel lined is 18 mm along the horizontal pressure tunnel. The shape of the excavation along the horizontal pressure is D-shape and finished diameter is the circular. Both horizontal pressure tunnel have been proposed to be excavated in downward slope of -7 % so as to reduce the vertical drop shaft height. Layout plan section of vertical shaft and Pressure tunnel are shown in DWG NO UT3B-HEP – 14 and 16 respectively.
Table 7.6: Description of water conveyance after surge tank Pressure Tunnel Pressure Manifolds after Vertical Pressure Tunnel after after Description S/T(including Shaft (including Vertical Bifurcation Transition length Curve Part) Pressure Shaft of 8.2 m) Length 98.17 m 69.07 m 181.65 m 49.32 m Diameter 4.2 m 4.2 m 4.2 m 3.0 m 14mm (L =29.07m) Steel 14 mm 16mm (L= 20m) 18 mm 28 mm Thickness 18mm (L=20m)
There are two almost right angled bends in the vertical shaft whose details are shown in Table 7.7 given below:-
Table 7.7: Details of Pressure Shaft Bends (Vertical Shaft Option) 1st Bend and 2nd Bend Arc Length of bend 9.46 m Radius of Bend 6.3 m Deflection angle 85 ° 55' 49"
7-10 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.3.9 Manifolds
Manifolds will be provided at the end of the horizontal pressure tunnel. This will feed the discharge into each turbine. The diameter of the last portion of the manifold which will directly feed the water to the turbine is estimated to be 3.0 meter. The thickness of the steel lining in this portion is estimated to be 28 mm. Total length of manifold is 49.23 m including transition. The symmetrical type of Y branching has been proposed in our case. The angle between the Wye Branching has been adopted as 55° to avoid the grater head loss at the bifurcation point. Longitudinal section and layout plan of bifurcation are presented in DWG NO UT3B-HEP – 21 and 25 respectively.
7.3.10 Powerhouse
The proposed semi surface powerhouse is located about 0.6 km upstream of the Salankhu and Trisuli confluence on the right bank of Trisuli River. The powerhouse site is situated on cultivated terrace and is founded on bed rock. The area comprises of terrace deposits on the surface with bedrock at a depth of about 37.5 m below the ground. The powerhouse accommodates two Francis turbine generators with a total capacity of 42 MW and ancillary facilities for control and protection. Considering the topography, utilization of maximum head and structural stability, the powerhouse will be semi-underground concrete box structure. The powerhouse location is so chosen that availability of the rock foundation is ensured. Thus the powerhouse will be designed on rock foundation.
The overall layout of the powerhouse complex including the horizontal pressure tunnel and tailrace is presented in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-14.
The powerhouse dimensions have been fixed based on the space requirement for electro-mechanical items. The spacing of the turbines, dimension of the spiral casings, space for service and maintenance of equipment, the geometry of the bifurcation, inlet penstock pipe and outlet arrangement, etc have been considered in the dimensioning of the powerhouse. The machine block rest on south-west portion of powerhouse complex and its dimensions is 25.6m (L) X 14m (W) X 26.9 m (H). Erection bay block lies at north-west corner and its dimension is 12 m (L) X 14 m (W) X 9.2 m (H). The control building lies at North-East corner of powerhouse complex whose
7-11 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
dimensions are 12m (L) X 9.6 m (W) X 12.7m (H). Following design parameters are listed below for the sizing of powerhouse.
The powerhouse contains two vertical 21 MW Francis turbine/generator units, spaced at 12 meters centers, associated electrical and mechanical equipment, a service bay and a control room. The erection bay lies one floor (3.0 m) above the machine hall floor and is connected with the access road. The powerhouse accommodates the control building on the west side. Two draft tubes discharge into individual draft tubes and ultimately to the single tailrace via a manifold.
Table 7.8: Design parameters for sizing of Powerhouse Gross head 99.31 m Net head 95.13 m Design discharge 51 m3/s Turbine efficiency 0.92 Rated speed 375 rpm Specific Speed 213.96 rpm Normal tail water level 626.86 msl No of Poles 16 Outer Diameter of Turbine Runner (D3) 1.86 m Length, breadth, height of Powerhouse 37.6 m, 14 m, 28.4 m Elevation of Drainage Floor 620.50 msl Elevation of Valve Floor 621.45 msl Elevation of Turbine Floor 625.35 msl Elevation of Generator Floor 630.70 msl Elevation of Machine Hall Floor 633.70 msl Elevation of Erection Bay Floor 637.20 msl Elevation of Basement Floor of Control Building 637.20 msl First Floor Level of Control Building 640.70 msl Second Floor Level of Control Building 643.40 msl Roof Top Level of Control Building 648.40 msl
7-12 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
The turbine centre line has been fixed based on the annual monsoon flood level in tailrace outlet and turbine setting requirement to prevent cavitations. The control building arrangement has been fixed based on the space requirement for installation of different controlling equipment and other general purpose usage. The generator floor level has been fixed above the High Flood level of recurrence period of 1000 years. The elevation equivalent to 1:1000 years return period flood of 4030 m3/s came out to be 630.10 msl. The rating curve is also utilized in fixing the maximum tail water at Tailrace outlet corresponding to the annual mean river flow of 603.8 m3/s.
The layouts of different floor levels are illustrated in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-23, 24, 25 and 26 while the cross sections are shown in DWG. No. UT3b HEP-21 and 22.
Erection Bay and Workshop
The erection bay and the workshop at EL 637.20 m accommodate the turbine and generator components during erection of the units and future maintenance periods. Space is provided for vehicular access, assembly of the draft tube liner, the turbine stay ring, the head cover of the main shaft, the guide bearing and the rotor. This area also serves as a lay down area for the runner. It is anticipated that the generator stators will be wound and piled within the generator pits. The workshop will be located adjacent to the erection bay in the same level. The 11kV switchgear room, the DC supply room and the battery charger are also accommodated in the service building on this floor.
Machine Hall floor
The machine hall floor located at an elevation of EL 633.7 masl. The machine hall is 14 m wide, by 35.3 m long and 13.7 m high, covering the combined area of the generator floor and the service bay. The powerhouse crane spans 12.5 m and is supported on reinforced concrete columns. The Gantry Crane has a capacity of 75 ton / 5 ton.
The machine floor is provided with removable steel grating near the machines. Two octagonal enclosures house the generators between the elevation of EL 630.7 masl and the elevation of EL 633.7 masl respectively. Equipment hatches between the 2 units provide crane access to the turbine
7-13 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
floor and the service area. The unit control panels are located adjacent to the excitation panels.
Generator Floor
This floor at EL 630.7 m provides access to the lower part of the generator. The generator is supported on bearing pads just beneath this floor.
Turbine Floor
The turbine floor is at EL 625.35 m and is accessible via stairs located in between the units. The equipment hatch located in between the two units provides crane access to the turbine floor level for removal of the turbine runners without dismantling the generator. Hatches will also be provided for the removal of the inlet valves. A concrete barrel with a diameter of 6.2 m supports the generator bearings. Access to the power shaft and the turbine runner will be provided through openings in the concrete barrel. Governors of the turbine are provided on this floor along with its accessories.
Valve Floor
This is located at EL 621.45 m and covers the support of inlet butterfly valves at EL 635.3 m as well.
Drainage Gallery Floor
The drainage gallery floor is located at an elevation of EL 620.5 masl. This gallery is located in between the two units and contains the drainage sumps and the dewatering pumps. Access to the draft tube of each unit will be provided through a manhole. Access to the powerhouse crane for lifting equipment is available adjacent to the units.
Two numbers of draft tube gates each with a dimension of 5 m x 2.8 m will be provided at the end of the draft tube.
7-14 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Control Room and Accessories
A control room with electrical utilities and office facilities will be provided at the service building adjacent to the entrance to the powerhouse. The control room at an elevation of EL 637.2 masl overlooks the generator hall and contains all the necessary equipment to control the powerhouse operation and monitor the operation of the headworks structures.
7.3.11 Draft Tube
The elbow type draft tube has been adopted in this project. The elbow type of draft mainly comprised of the three parts i.e. vertical part in circular cross section, bend part in gradual transition from the circular section into rectangular section and an almost horizontal part in rectangular section, gradually expanding to direct the flow into tailrace. The recommended empirical relations suggested by de Siervo and de Leva (1976) as shown above have been adopted for obtaining dimensions of an elbow-type draft tube.
Table 7.9: Design parameters for Draft tube Total Length of the both Draft tubes 43.32 m Type of Draft Tube Elbow type Draft tube Diameter of the Elbow Varies from 1.86m to 4.5 m Radius of inner bend 1.3 m Radius of outer bend 1.85 m Final Width of Draft Tube 4.5 m Final Depth of Draft Tube 4.5 m Invert Level of Draft tube 618.2 msl Centre line Elevation of Penstock Pipe 623.3 msl
7.3.12 Tailrace Conduit
The tailrace comprises of two individual conduits from the draft tube gates that are joined into a single box conduits. The tailrace conduit is designed as pressure flow conduit of square shaped .The dimension of the square shaped tailrace conduit has adopted as 4.5 m X 4.5 m. The
7-15 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
length of the tailrace conduit is 123.93 m and has a 1.2 m thick RCC lining. Details of the tailrace conduit and outlet structure are shown in DWG. NO. UT3B HEP-17.
7.3.13 Tailrace Outlet Pond
The tailrace outlet is the final hydraulic structure which helps in conveying discharge from tailrace conduit back to the river flow. The control gate has been provided at the end of the tailrace conduit for dewatering tailrace conduit during maintenance of conduit. The dimension of vertical lift gate will be 5.5 m X 5.5 m. For the purpose of diminishing the exit head loss the exit dimension from tailrace conduit has been enlarged from 4.5m X 4.5m to 5.5 m X 5.5 m. The dimension of levelled floor section is 20m (L) X varying H from 12.7 to 7.2 m and varying width of 5.5 m to 20 m. The elevation of floor at Tailrace Pond is 618.62 msl. The weir is raised at the outlet point at outlet portion for the purpose of blocking the sediment load entering the tailrace pond. The details of tailrace outlet are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-28 and 29.
Table 7.10: Design parameters for tailrace Outlet Pond Lowest Level of Tailrace Outlet 620.315 msl Exit Velocity 1.685 m/s Max Water Level at Pond 627.91 msl Mean Water Level at Pond 626.49 msl Crest Elevation at outlet to river 625.815 msl Exit Loss 0.14 m
Tailrace Gate
The outlet structure will have one fixed wheeled gates installed at the end of the tailrace outlet. These gates will be fully opened to allow the design discharge to pass from the tailrace conduit into the river. The size of the gates will be 5.5 m x 5.5 m and will be operated with the help of a hoisting device installed at the operating platform. The details of adit-1 are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-30.
7-16 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.3.14 Adit Tunnels
Adit Tunnel-1: adit tunnel to middle of headrace tunnel The first adit tunnel is for the middle of the headrace tunnel and it is at the chainage 1+771.3 m. The length of adit-1 is 463.6 m, D-shape, 4 m diameter slope toward the headrace tunnel (S= +1.479 %). The details of adit-1 are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-30.
Adit Tunnel-2: adit tunnel near the surge tank The second adit tunnel is at the end of the headrace tunnel and it is at the chainage 4+060.75 m. The length of adit-2 is 288.9 m, D-shape, 4 m diameter slope is toward of the headrace tunnel (S= + 7.962 %). The details of adit-2 are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-31 and 32.
Adit Tunnel-3: adit tunnel at the surge tank crown The third adit tunnel is at the crown of the surge tank. The length of adit-3 tunnel is 191.6 m, D-shape, 4 m diameter, height 4 m, slope is toward of the headrace tunnel (S= + 8.99 %). The details of adit-3 are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-33 and 34.
7.4 Generating Equipment
7.4.1 Mechanical Equipment
Among the various items of the powerhouse mechanical equipment, the main and the most important component is the runner. The selection criteria and parameters of the runner are the function of the rated head of the power plant, under which it is supposed to run and act as the prime mover. So, the determination of the rated head becomes an important aspect.
7.4.1.1 Initial Data
The Following initial data have been used for the computation of rated head and the turbine type: Full supply level 726.0 m Minimum operating level 726.0 m Tail water level 626.86 m Installed capacity 42.0 MW
7-17 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.1.2 Turbine Selection
The selection of the type of turbine primarily depends upon the rated head for the generating unit. As confirmed above, a Francis turbine with a vertical axis is the turbine of choice for the net head of 95.13 meters available for the project.
7.4.1.3 Unit Capacity
The total output capacity of the project is calculated to be 42 MW. Generally, unit capacity is chosen in such a way that a minimum number of units can be installed with the assumption that it will result in a more economical condition for the project, the upper limiting factor being the system capacity. The present system capacity of the national grid of Nepal allows the installation of units up to the capacity of 75 MW.
On the other hand, a single unit is not preferred due to the fact that total generation loss will occur in time of the unit breakdown. Besides, various guidelines give the value for minimum output for continuous operation for Francis turbine as 50 %.
So, two generating units, capable of generating 21 MW each, are selected. A minimum rated turbine power of 25 MW will be required at the generator shaft as the value of generator and transformer efficiencies being equal to 96 % and 99 % respectively.
7.4.1.4 Turbine Speed
The calculated specific speed for the given net head of 95.13 is 213.96 and the corresponding turbine speed is 375 rpm. The calculated runway speed is 562.5 rpm for a frequency of 50 Hz.
7.4.1.5 Powerhouse Dimensions and Unit Parameters
The computed discharge diameter of the runner for each unit is 1.90 m. The runaway speed of the turbine is 562.5 rpm. The static head at the runner distributor center line is equal to 2.18 m with the value of Thoma cavitation coefficient being calculated as 0.13. Sixteen poles have been adopted in
7-18 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
the rotor of the generator.
The unit-to-unit center line distance is a function of the installed capacity and the net head, the calculated value of which comes to be 12 m. The span of the overhead travelling crane is computed to be 13.5 m. In order to accommodate various other auxiliary structures a floor area of approximately 490 m2 has been provided.
7.4.1.6 Turbine
The turbine will have a single runner attached to the end of the turbine shaft. The runner will be made of integrally cast solid steel of minimum 13% chromium and 4 % nickel. The runner will be protected against erosion by a coating of carbide-metal material deposited on it by a high velocity oxygen fuel thermal spray process to a thickness of 0.4 mm.
The guide bearing will be of self-oil-lubricated type. It will be designed to withstand without damage, the natural retardation of the turbine and generator from maximum runaway speed to rest without the use of the brakes. The lining material of the bearing shell will be suitable high- grade anti-friction metal securely anchored to the shell, grooved for lubricant circulation and accurately bored for a proper fit on the shaft.
Guide vanes will be designed for the appropriate hydraulic pressure and constructed to produce the most uniform flow possible of water. They will be mechanically linked with a servomotor and operated under the appropriate command of the governor. The guide vanes will be made of cast stainless steel of 13% chromium and 4% nickel. They will be protected against erosion by a coating of carbide-metal material deposited on them by a high velocity oxygen fuel thermal spray process to a thickness of 0.4 mm.
7.4.1.7 Governor
Each turbine will be supplied with an electro- evice, electro-hydraulic actuator etc. required for regulating the speed and controlling the openings of the guide vanes of the turbine.
7-19 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
The maximum momentary speed rise caused by sudden full load rejection of two units under any net head will not exceed 85% of rated speed. The maximum momentary pressure rise, when the full load of two units is thrown off under any conditions, will not exceed 25% of maximum gross head.
7.4.1.8 Inlet Valve
One set of butterfly valve operated by a servomotor will be installed for each turbine unit as the inlet valve. The pressurized oil for the servomotor will be supplied from the high-pressure oil system. The servomotor shall be of double-acting type. The opening and closing times of the inlet valve will be adjustable.
Each inlet valve will be supplied with a pressurized-oil operated needle - type valve and a by- pass valve. A mechanical locking device will be provided on the servomotor so that the inlet valve could not be opened inadvertently. The diameter of inlet valve is 2.10 m. The layout plan of Inlet valve are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-23.
7.4.1.9 High Pressure Oil System
Each set of generating unit will have a high pressure oil system, which will consist of two sets of direct-coupled alternating current motor-driven self-priming pump of sufficient capacity, one acting as the main and the other as the stand-by. It will supply the pressure oil to the pressure tank from the sump tank through a strainer. Each pump will be equipped with a check valve and a safety release valve. The pressure tank supplies the necessary amount of oil under the required pressure to the governor and the inlet valve servomotors.
The main pump automatically starts pumping, when the pressure in the pressure tank goes below a preset value. If, it still goes down to another preset value, both the pumps operate simultaneously. When the pressure rises to a fixed pressure, the pumps automatically stop. These preset values can be adjusted as per requirements. The control of these operations is carried out through pressure switches.
7-20 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.1.10 Lubricating Oil System
The lubricating oil system will consists of necessary equipment for supplying and cooling the oil for all guide and thrust bearings of the generating units. The oil will be pressure-fed to the bearings.
Lubricating oil used for guide bearings will be forced-cooled by circulating the oil through heat exchangers with the help of oil pumps. Cooling of the thrust bearing lubricating oil will be carried out by using at least two oil coolers of sufficient capacity for each unit.
The lubricating oil cooling system will be designed in such a way that the maximum temperature of the bearings will not exceed 650C under continuous operation.
7.4.1.11 Cooling Water System
The cooling water system provides necessary amount of cooling water for lubricating oil coolers, generator air coolers, transformer oil coolers, and oil sump tank coolers.
The water will be tapped from each of the penstock and passed through a pressure-reducing valve. Two sets of strainers, one on duty and one as stand-by, of appropriate size will be provided for each unit. Then it will lead through a common header pipe, after which it will branch out to individual generating units.
7.4.1.12 Drainage and Dewatering System
All leakage and drainage water in the powerhouse will be collected in a sump pit constructed at the lowermost floor to an appropriate level. Two drainage pumps, one main and the other stand- by, of submersible type of appropriate capacity will be installed for pumping out the water collected in the sump pit. The water will be discharged to the tailrace downstream of the draft tube gates.
Two dewatering pumps, one as the main and the other as the stand-by, will be installed for the purpose of dewatering the draft tube portion of the unit. The capacity of the pumps will be so determined that the total dewatering of the draft tube portion could be carried out in about 2
7-21 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
hours.
The penstocks can be emptied of water, whenever necessary, by discharging the water to the sump pit by gravity through drain valve and drain pipe and then to the tailrace. The arrangement of drainage pump are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-23.
7.4.1.13 Compressed Air System
The compressed air system comprises of two sub-systems. One supplies high-pressure air, which is used for high-pressure oil system as well as for unit braking and jacking system. The other pump supplies low-pressure air, which is used for maintenance purposes.
The system consists of two sets of air-cooled compressors with separate air tanks for accumulating high pressure and low-pressure air. One set of compressor acts as the main and the other one as stand-by. Pressure-activated switches starts the main compressor, when the pressure in the high pressure air tank reduces below a set point and stops when the pressure increases up to another set point. If the pressure still reduces to another set point, both the compressors starts pumping air. The high-pressure air tank will have enough capacity to fulfill the requirements of air for all units even when the air compressors are not operating. The low-pressure air tank is connected with the high pressure one via a pressure-reducing valve.
7.4.1.14 Unit Breaking System
A unit breaking system will be installed to quickly bring the rotating parts of the turbine and generator to a stand still position, when the unit is being shut down. It is generally required that the time taken by the rotating parts to come to a stand still from 30% of the normal operating speed should be less than 3 minutes.
The brake may be engaged pneumatically as well as hydraulically. If air is being used, it will be supplied by the compressed system. Hydraulic brake will be fed by the high-pressure oil system.
7-22 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.1.15 Automatic Grease Lubrication System
A centralized automatic grease lubrication system will be provided for each generating unit for automatically injecting preset amount of lubricants for bushings and all working parts of the turbine including the guide vane and butterfly valve operating mechanisms.
The system will consist of alternating current motor-driven pump for normal service and a standby hand-operated pump. The system will have a means of controlling the volume of grease to each grease point and of assuring that each grease point is lubricated in sequence in the greasing cycle.
7.4.1.16 Oil Handling System
An oil handling system will consist of an oil purifier capable of removing all contamination such as water solids, sludge etc. from lubricating oil system as well as high-pressure oil system. It will also have oil pumps with appropriate length of flexible hose pipes. A separate oil handling system of appropriate type for purification of transformer oil will be provided with necessary accessories.
7.4.1.17 Air Conditioning and Ventilation System
An air conditioning system will be installed for the control room. The fresh air will be provided from the ventilation system. The system will comprise of two sets of air conditioners, one acting as the main and the other as the stand-by unit. Each unit will consist of a compressor of appropriate capacity, a thermostat and a hydrostat. The operative temperature will be kept in the range of 20 to 260C and the relative humidity will be maintained around 60 %.
The ventilation system will mainly consist of necessary numbers of axial ventilation fans installed in appropriate locations along the air duct. All the floors of the powerhouse will have proper number of ventilation ports. Also all rooms in the powerhouse will have access to the ventilation system. Number of air exhaust fans of appropriate capacity will also be installed.
7-23 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.1.18 Fire Detection and Fire Fighting System
A complete fire detection system will be installed in the powerhouse. The system will comprise of smoke detectors and heat sensors installed in appropriate locations. The fire detection system will automatically activate the appropriate fire fighting equipment as well as produce audible and visible alarm signals.
The firefighting equipment will consist of high pressure water deluge and sprinkle system as well as low pressure water hose system. It will also consist of carbon dioxide deluge system and halon gas deluge system. The last, but not the least items, are the portable fire fighting system.
The transformers will be protected by a deluge system. A low-pressure water hose system will be provided at regular intervals in the powerhouse and the switchyard. A carbon dioxide (CO2) battery system will be provided for the protection of the generator fire.
7.4.1.19 Overhead Traveling Crane
An overhead traveling crane of sufficient capacity will be installed in the powerhouse. The crane will be capable of lifting the heaviest piece of equipment installed. The crane will have one main hoist and one auxiliary hoist. The span of the crane will be such that it will cover all the major equipment to be serviced.
The weight of the heaviest single piece of equipment required to be lifted by the crane being that of the assembled rotor and being computed as 75 ton, the approximate capacity of the crane will be as follows:
Capacity of main hoist 75 tons Capacity of auxiliary hoist 5 tons
7.4.1.20 Diesel Engine Generating Set
A diesel engine generating set will be installed in the vicinity of the powerhouse for acting as the
7-24 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
stand by source for Plant auxiliaries in case of power failure. The approximate capacity required for the diesel generating set would be 300 kVA. The exact capacity required may vary according to the equipment to be actually installed and will be finalized in detail design. The appropriate location for the generating set will be in the vicinity of the outdoor switch-yard.
7.4.1.21 Mechanical Workshop
A fully-equipped mechanical workshop will be provided in the vicinity of the powerhouse for the general maintenance of the powerhouse equipment. Among the equipment provided will be a general-purpose lathe, a vertical drilling machine, a grinding machine, an electric welding machine of appropriate capacity and a set of gas welding apparatus. A set of different types and sizes of wrenches will also be available. The mechanical services and mechanical workshops are are shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-24 and 25.
7.4.2 Powerhouse Electrical Equipment
The major electrical equipment, which shall be installed inside the powerhouse, are synchronous generators, main transformers, station service transformers, control panels and battery with charger. Step-up transformers and high voltage switching equipments shall be located in the switchyard, outside of the powerhouse. The control panel, switchgear, PLCC, AC/DC panel are in housed in the control building and shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-25 and 26.
7.4.2.1 Generator
Two sets of 3-phase, 50 Hz synchronous AC generators of 25 MVA rated capacity at 0.85 power factor will be installed. Each generator shall be directly coupled with a vertical shaft Francis turbine. The generators shall be of salient pole, self-ventilating type equipped with brushless excitation system. The rated voltage will be 11 kV with rated power factor 0f 0.85 lagging. F class of insulation will be used for stator and rotor. The generator will be totally enclosed, air cooled with air to water heat exchangers located in the generator pit. Generator fire protection will be provided by a
CO2 deluge system.
7-25 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.2.2 Excitation System
The excitation system shall be brushless from the standpoint of ease of maintenance. It shall be composed of excitation transformer, an alternating current exciter, rotating rectifier, voltage regulating equipment, excitation circuit breaker, field circuit breaker, field flashing unit, excitation limiters, control modules and other accessories.
7.4.2.3 Main Power Transformer
Two main power transformers of 25 MVA each for stepping up the generation voltage from 11 kV to 132 kV, will be installed in the switchyard. The transformers will be oil immersed, ONAN cooling, outdoor type. The power transformers will have their own oil catchment basin connected to the drainage system.
7.4.2.4 Station Service Transformer
Two three-phase station service transformers of 250 kVA for stepping down the voltage from 11 kV to 400/230 V, dry epoxy-resin molded type, self-cooled indoor type will be installed in powerhouse.
7.4.2.5 Medium Voltage Switchgear
These switchgear shall include all 12 kV switchgear equipment and apparatus for the operation and control of the generators, station and local supply transformers and local feeders. These equipments are grouped into one lot of 12 kV metal clad, cubicle type indoor switchgears. The connections between 11 kV switchgear, located in the switchgear room and the main step-up transformer, located outdoor, will be done with insulated cables.
7.4.2.6 High Voltage Switchgear
The equipment to be furnished for high voltage switchgear will be appropriate set of SF6 132 kV circuit breakers in the switchyard, all accessories and auxiliary equipment required for the
7-26 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
successful operation and also special tools required for operation and maintenance.
7.4.2.7 Disconnecting Switch
Appropriate sets of disconnecting switches with grounding switch, three pole, single throw, motor / hand operated outdoor type shall be provided in the switchyard. All accessories required for successful operation will also be supplied.
7.4.2.8 Control System
The control system shall be divided into unit control board in the turbine generator floor and control room. Each turbine-generator shall have unit control board, where all signals, process inputs, outgoing commands pertaining to the unit shall be gathered and the turbine-generator be operated.
The complete control and supervision of the power plant shall be concentrated and operated mainly from the control room. The control room shall have two basic sections.
• The control panels shall have all alarm lamps pertaining to the unit in an alarm tableau e.g. mechanical and electrical failure, trips, etc. It shall also consist of recorders for generator MW, Mvar and temperature etc. The panel shall be unit wise. • The control desk shall consist of indicating alarms tableau for a sequence control indication, group alarms and mimic bus displaying single line diagram units, indicators of speed set point, guide vane opening, load limiter position, AVR voltage balance, etc. push buttons for governor and AVR control for increase and decrease commands, all necessary keys, switches for release blocking and start and stop as well as covered push buttons/handle for "emergency stop" and any other switches and indicators that may be necessary for obtaining the specified function. The desk shall also contain sequential event recorder for alarm and trip event print out and a visualization computer (PC) with VDU (monitor) and Keyboard.
7-27 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.2.9 Protection System
The following protections shall be provided for the electrical equipment installed in the power station:
• Protection for turbine-generator unit • Protection for main transformer • Protection for station service transformer • Protection for local supply transformer • Protection for local feeders
Numerical or solid state type protective relays of the flush-mounted, back-connected, dustproof, switchboard type, with rectangular case equipped with an operation indicator and with an external front operated resetting device, will be installed.
7.4.2.10 Switchyard
The main power transformer, local supply transformer, 132 kV busbar, disconnecting switches, circuit breakers current transformer, capacitor voltage transformer, lightning arrestor and wave trap etc. shall be installed in the switchyard located outside of the powerhouse. The space required for the installation of outdoor switchyard equipment will be 80 m x 40 m approximately. The space allocation of switchyard is shown in DWG. No. UT3B HEP-20.
There shall be one 132 kV, SF6 circuit breaker for each of the main transformer and transmission line whereas space for a future line bay shall be provided. Two disconnecting switches shall be installed, one on both sides of circuit breakers in the line bay. One disconnecting switch shall be installed on the incomer from main transformer circuit breaker. Instrument transformers and lightning arrestors shall be installed in each bay. Line Trap and other coupling equipment shall be installed in line bay.
7-28 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
7.4.2.11 Communication System
The communication system will consist of the followings equipment:
• Power line carrier communication • Communication channel for distance relaying • Line traps • Coupling capacitor • Line protective device • Co-Axial cable • PABX
7.4.2.12 Battery and Battery Charger
One set of battery and battery charger for 110 V.DC of 350 Ah capacity will be supplied as auxiliary power for protection, control, emergency lighting etc. One set of battery and battery charger for 48 V DC will be supplied for communication system. All batteries will be of alkaline Ni.-Cd type. The batteries shall be assembled in heavy-duty-steel designed for easy stackability.
Battery charging equipment will be of automatic constant voltage output type designed for float charge operation. They shall be suitable for operation from the 400/230V+ 10% A. C. supply 50Hz.
Suitable control and operation cabinet with the DC distribution system will be provided in each voltage levels.
7.4.2.13 Grounding System
The complete station grounding work shall be in accordance with the recommendation in the "Guide for Safety in Substation Grounding" IEEE No.80. The ground grid inside power house and switch yard, test link chamber, grounding of all equipment located in the power house, access tunnel, control rooms, 11KV switchgear rooms, 132 KV switchyard and other necessary
7-29 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
locations will be as required. Ground conductor shall be calculated by measuring soil resistivity. The grounding resistance shall be less than 1 ohm.
7.5 Transmission Line
For the power evacuation of the project, the transmission line is connected to NIPS at the Trisuli 3B hub. The transmission line length to Trisuli 3B hub substation 3 km and north of the powerhouse site. The transmission voltage is 132 km and conductor is ACSR "WOLF" conductor, optical ground wire and along with insulators and line hardware for about 3 km Upper Trishuli 3B HEP to Trishuli 3B Hub Transmission Line.
Detailed survey along the route alignment has to be carried out. Tower spotting, optimization of tower locations and check survey has to be carried out during the construction of transmission line.
TRANSMISSION LINE SYSTEM DATA
Item Description Unit Data 1.1 System nominal voltage kV 132 1.2 System maximum voltage kV 145 1.3 System nominal frequency Hz 50
7-30 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 8: Power and Energy Generation
8.1 Background
This chapter describes the methodology for the estimation of power and energy generation considering the efficiencies of equipment and outages. Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is a cascade development designed with and installed capacity of 42 MW. Discharge, head and the efficiency are the prime factors responsible for the power generation from a plant. Discharge through the turbine depends on the availability of water in the river. Hence, it varies considerably at different time of a year. Available head depends on the level of water in the river, which depends on the river flow. Because of this fact, the available gross head for the generation varies in accordance with the available flow in the river. But in case of Upper Trishuli 3B HEP, the governing water level is at headpond which is just downstream of the tailrace of Upper Trishuli 3A HEP (UT3A). The water level in the headpond considered remains constant throughout the year. Next parameter is efficiency, which is directly related to the equipment quality and the generation capacity. Efficiency of a equipment changes if the flow and head is other than the designed parameters. For the energy estimate, overall efficiency of the plant is assumed to be constant. Generation parameters of the plant are estimated based on the following:
• Average monthly flow at headwork site. • Normal operating level is assumed at the headpond where as normal tail water level is used to estimate gross head. The headpond level remain constant through out the year. • Overall efficiency of power plant remains constant throughout the year.
8.2 Dependable Flow
Discharge is a prime component for the power generation. Discharge rate is responsible for the power where as the discharge volume is related to the energy. As the project under consideration is the cascade development of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP (UT3A), the energy generation is in accordance with the generation from the Upper Trisuli 3A HEP. The energy generation pattern is similar to
8-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP the generation pattern of UT3A. Average plant discharge from UT3A is used to estimate the monthly energy of the project. The dry season month is Paush, Magh, Falgun and Chaitra and wet season month is considered as Baishkh to Mangsir. The 90 % firm flow of the river is
estimated to be 36.00 m3/s. Design flow of the plant is same as the design flow of UT3A which is
51.00 m3/s (about 70 % dependable flow).
8.3 Gross Head & Net Head
Gross head is based on the normal water level at head pond and the tail water level. The gross head of the project is estimated to be 99.31 meter. Average head loss correspond to the design discharge is estimated to be 4.17 meter. The details of the head loss calculation are presented in Design Appendix-D of this report. The average head loss varies from 1.82 meter to 4 . 1 7 meter. This would give the net head of 97.59 meter to 9 5 . 1 3 meter. Summary of the estimated head loss from intake to tailrace corresponding to the design discharge is presented in the Table No. 8.1.
Table No. 8.1: Average Head Loss for Design Discharge Item Description Head loss (m) 1. Entrance loss 0.03 2. Friction head loss at approach conduit 0.21 3. Friction loss in the tunnel 2.10 4. Minor losses in bends 0.10 5. Losses in Contraction and expansion 0.09+0.05 = 0.14 6. Friction loss in pressure tunnel, drop shaft and pressure 0.55 tunnel after S/T 7. Friction head loss in surface penstock 0.32 8. Transition from tunnel to 4.2 m diameter steel lined tunnel 0.06 9. Bifurcation losses 0.06 10. Butterfly valve loss 0.10 11. Minor loss in bends (dropshaft bends) 0.33 12. Head loss in draft tube 0.22 13. Friction loss in tailrace conduit 0.14
8-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Item Description Head loss (m) 14. Exit loss at tailrace 0.14 Total Losses from Headpond to tailrace water level at Trisuli 4.17 m
8.4 Overall Efficiency
Overall efficiency of power plant depends on the efficiency of transformer, generator and turbine. Among these three, efficiency of turbine varies with the head and discharges other than the designed parameter. For this stage of study, the variation of the turbine efficiency is not considered. Hence, the overall efficiency of the power plant at design discharge is is equal to 88.25 %. This value corresponds to the transformer efficiency of 99.0%, generator efficiency of 96.0% and turbine efficiency of 92.80%.
8.5 Energy Computation
A spreadsheet model was used in order to provide the necessary input into the economic and financial analysis. Assumptions made during the estimation are as follows:
• The normal water level at the headpond remains constant and is maintained at the normal operating level of 726.00 masl. • Normal tail water level at powerhouse varies from 926.49 m to 927.91 m. (In reality, the tail water level varies with the flow in the river.) • The gross head of the plant is 99.310 meter trough out the year. • Maximum head loss corresponds to the design discharge of the project. • Total head loss for the power discharge order than the design discharge is estimated proportionately.
• Minimum downstream release of 3.84 m3/s corresponding to the 10 % of the minimum monthly flow is considered from the head work of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP. • Scheduled and unscheduled outage are not considered while estimating the energy.
Total annual energy of 337.88 GWh has been estimated for this study. This value is based on the
8-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP average monthly flow. The annual firm power is estimated to be 29.19 MW. This value corresponds to the 90% annual dependable flow. Total annual firm energy is estimated to be 258.93 GWh where as total secondary energy is 77.94 GWh. As mentioned above, the total dry season energy is estimated to be 94.54 GWh where as total wet season energy is 243.34 GWh.
The summary of the monthly generation from the project is presented in the Table No. 8.2. Average monthly power in this table is estimated on the basis of the average monthly flow from the tailrace of Upper Trisutli 3A HEP (UT3A). The energy estimate is depicted in the Figure 8.1.
Table No. 8.2: Monthly Energy Generation from Upper Trishuli 3B HEP Downstream release 3.84 m3/s Net Head 95.13 m Efficiency 88% Design discharge 51.00 m3/s Installed Capacity 42.00 MW Month River Flow for Monthly Monthly Flow Energy Power(kW) Energy(GWh) Jan 43.40 39.56 33,195.29 24.697 Feb 38.40 34.56 29,197.19 19.621 Mar 38.40 34.56 29,197.19 21.723 Apr 48.30 44.46 37,029.83 26.661 May 86.80 82.96 42,000.04 31.248 Jun 238.80 234.96 42,000.04 30.240 Jul 523.50 519.66 41,580.61 30.936 Aug 603.80 599.96 41,456.99 30.844 Sep 389.80 385.96 41,792.53 30.091 Oct 161.20 157.36 42,000.04 31.248 Nov 78.30 74.46 42,000.04 30.240 Dec 53.20 49.36 40,769.09 30.332
Total Energy 337.88
8-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Figure 8.1: Monthly Energy Generation 35
30
25
20
15
10 Energy (GWh) Energy 5
0
Months Dry Season - Sec Dry season - Firm Wet Season - Sec Wet Season - Firm
8-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 9: Construction Planning and Schedule
9.1 General
Construction planning is a major component of project studies that transpires into successful development of the project within time and estimated budget. Upper Trishuli 3B is tailrace cascade scheme of Upper Trisuli 3A Hydroelectric Project (UT 3A) and is located in Nuwakot and Rasuwa district. The intake channel is located at Simle which lies 9 km north of existing Trishuli hydropower project(24 MW) headworks. The powerhouse is located at Siruwapani (Champani Village) which lies about 4 km to the south of Simle. All the project structure from headworks to powerhouse site lies within 5 km. The project comprises of a surface head pond, headrace pipe, tunnel intake, 3744.69 m long headrace tunnel, 37.4 m high surge shaft, 98.17 m long pressure tunnel after surge tank, 69.07 m high drop shaft, 181.65 m long pressure tunnel after drop shaft surface powerhouse and 123.93 m long tailrace with an installed capacity of 42 MW.
9.2 Objective & Scope of work
The objective of construction planning is to accomplish the project development within time and within budget. Construction method for the major work items has been recommended in-order to complete the tasks in the optimum manner. This report also comprises of assessment of transportation facilities for project implementation, construction power & camp facilities, availability of construction materials etc. The study of various pre-construction and construction activities, construction methodologies, preparatory works and optimum construction duration have been carried out. A master construction schedule has been prepared for the project development which shows all the major items of construction work including their duration.
9-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
9.3 Site Condition
9.3.1 Topography and Land Use
The project site is located in the mid hill region of Central Region of Nepal. The elevation of the intake site is approximately 726 masl. The intake is surface type where as the powerhouse are located in terrace deposits (cultivated land) on the right bank of Trishuli River. Most of the tunnel passes through community forest. The construction road is available from powerhouse site to surface intake. All the adit tunnels are accessible by the available construction road. It is noted that the excavation of powerhouse disturb the road from New Bridge to Tupche Village and this road has to be relocated during the construction of the powerhouse site.
9.3.2 Climatic Conditions
The project area has a hot summer season with a maximum temperature ranging from 36OC to 41OC. The minimum temperature during winter ranges from 1.5OC to 7OC. The average annual rainfall at the project site is approximately 2000 mm which occurs during the month July-September.
9.3.3 Telecommunication Facilities
Currently, mobile telephone net work exists at Pairobesi near the powerhouse area and at the intake site. For the project construction, telephone link with the project site will be made using appropriate network. Mobile communication equipment will be used to communicate with the various project sites. Once the project is commissioned, power line cable communication (PLCC) will be used for information exchange between the powerhouse and load dispatch center.
9.4 Access to the Site
Calcutta is the most appropriate sea port for the transportation of construction materials and equipment from the third world countries. Similarly, Raxual would be considered as the appropriate rail way station for this project. The total distance from Calcutta to Raxaul is 860 km.
9-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
With regard to onward transportation by road, the route from Raxual to the intake site via Galchhi on Prithivi highway is about 235 km. The road from Galchi to Betrawati Bazar is about 32 km along the Trisuli Dhunche Highway. Since the UT3A has already constructed a bridge over the Trisuli River at Pairobesi, the road distance from Betrawati Bazar to the project site of UT3B is about 3 km and accessible by the gravel road. Upper Trisuli 3 A HEP (UT3A) is under construction, since Upper Trisuli 3B Hydroelectric Project (UT3B) lies along the access road to UT3A, the same road along right bank of Trishuli river is used during the construction of the project. It is envisaged that the 5 km road from powerhouse are to the proposed UT 3A powerhouse area will be upgraded for the implementation of UT3B. The upgrading shall include widening, improvement in geometry, drainage, slope stability, selected gravel filling and compaction.
The following modes of transportation are recommended:
• Transport all light offshore general cargo by road. • Transport the heavier offshore cargo by Indian railway directly to Raxaul • Transport from Raxaul to the project site by road.
9.5 Basic Assumptions
Following are the basic assumptions used for the construction planning:
• The entire construction work will be undertaken through EPC contract which will require 6 months for awarding. • Eight hours per shift is assumed. • Underground works are generally carried out in two shifts. • Five months of a year starting from the month of June is considered as wet season. • Financial arrangement and official clearances will be made by the end of contract award. • Award of the main contract will be on July 31, 2014. • Mobilization period of 30 days is assumed immediately after the award of the contract.
9-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Progress rates assumed for different major work items of construction works are as follows:
Overburden Excavation : 2000 cubic meter per day Headrace Tunnel Excavation : 3 meter per day per face Tunnel Lining : 8 meter per day per face Concreting : 100 cubic meter per day
9.6 Concreting Facilities
One concrete batching plant shall be needed for the construction. The unit rate has been developed based on the maximum distance to be cover by concrete batching plant. This means the batching plant shall be located at the middle of headworks and powerhouse area. It shall also have aggregate production unit, silo for cement storage etc. Concrete will be transported to the site in mixer trucks. Concrete placement will be made through buckets attached to crane, sloping ramp, concrete pump etc.
9.7 Project Construction Work and Construction Planning
All construction activities will be mainly concentrated in the dam site and the powerhouse site. Following are the main activities during construction.
• Project road, camp and construction power • Adit tunnels • Surface headpond and surface intake • Headrace pressure pipe • Headrace tunnel • Surge shaft • Valve Chamber and access to valve chamber • Pressure tunnel after surge tank • Drop shaft • Powerhouse and switchyard. • Tailrace structures.
9-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
• Transmission line and interconnections
The layout of the project is shown in DWG NO UT3B HEP-01 and the construction schedule is summarized in Figure 9.1. The work involved at each of these areas is outlined below:
9.7.1 Construction Power, Camp and project road
Construction power requirement is estimated at about 1 MW which is shown below in Table 9.1.
Table 9.1: Estimate of construction power
Description of Item Power(kW) Batching Plant 100 Construction camp 200 Crane at powerhouse 50 Air compressors (50x4) 200 Workshop 50 Welding 50 Power Winch 50 De-watering Pumps(25x4) 100 Office 50 Vent fan (50x4) 200 Powerhouse 100 Construction. site Lighting 100 Sub Total 1250 Diversity Factor 0.8 Peak Power Requirement 1000
The project area is connected with 11 kV transmission line from existing Trishuli project 6.6/11 kV, 5 MVA transformer. This transformer at Trisuli Substation is going to upgrade into 10 MVA within 6 months. This transmission line passes through the powerhouse area and headpond area of the project. Apart from the existing transmission line, backup power will be needed for critical works like tunnel lighting, ventilation and batching plant etc. The backup power will be provided through diesel generators placed at suitable places.
9-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Construction camps will be required to house both the employer's staff and the contractor's staff. The permanent campsite will be located about 1 km south of the intake site. It is envisaged that permanent structures of the camp will be used for accommodation of the operation and maintenance staff once the construction is completed. The construction of the permanent camp will take 6 months.
Temporary camp will be 500 m upstream of the powerhouse site and will be located at cultivated land. Much of the temporary camp will be built from pre-fabricated units which will be dismantled once the project is completed. About 3 months time will be required to complete the temporary construction camp and power supply.
A total of 1.546 km of project road needs to be built as a pre-requisite for the mobilization of heavy civil construction equipment. This comprises of about 263 m in powerhouse area, about 447 m in the surge shaft adit and 836 m road realignment from New bridge to Tupche. Three months will be required to build access road.
9.7.2 Headrace pipe
The length of the headrace pipe from tailrace of UT3A HEP (Intake portal) to the headrace tunnel is 384.27 m. The headrace pipe is steel lined and covered concrete box on it. The diameter of headrace pipe is 5.1 m and the steel lining thickness is 14 mm. The minimum concrete cover is 0.75 m. The volume of earth work in excavation is 11536 m3. The total estimated time to complete the work is 4 months including laying of steel at the site and concrete cover.
9.7.3 Surface head pond (intake of UT3B HEP)
The underground headpond is located on the left bank of Trisuli River just downstream of the UT 3A draft tube. The separate adit-1 shall be constructed to reach the headpond via headrace tunnel. The size of the adit tunnel is 4m, D-shape. The headrace tunnel acts as the access tunnel to the underground headpond. The headpond comprises of UT3A draft tube outlet, intake of Trisuli 3B HEP, outlet to tailrace channel. The size of the headpond is 30 m length by 10 m width and design for the submergence depth of the headrace tunnel. The volume of rock excavation is about 16560
9-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
m3, that includes, headpond, underground spillway, tunnel intake, intake gate chamber, access to headpond. The underground excavation, rock bolting and shotcreting shall take 5 months and concrete finish shall take another 4 months. The total estimated period is 9 months to complete the construction of underground headpond. It will be required for the task which will involve both semi mechanized and manual construction methods.
9.7.4 Headrace Tunnel
The total length of headrace tunnel up to the surge shaft is 3744.69 m, 47.21 % shotcrete lined and 52.79 % concrete lined tunnel. The weaker rock portion, length about 306.45 m required steel ribs apart from the concrete lining. In-order to expedite the construction, two construction adits would be provided at chainage 1+771.3 m and 3+563.5 m. The tunnel will be excavated from six work faces. The maximum length of excavation from the face is about 1073 m. 50 % of the tummel passes through S5 type (weak) rock is excavated by heading and benching method and the remaining length of the tunnel is excavated by drill and blast method. The tunnel excavation will be carried out using 2 boom drilling jumbo while dump trucks and wheel loaders will be used for mucking. The tunnel will have pipelines for ventilation, dewatering, compressed air supply in addition to the low voltage power supply for lighting, vent fan, pumping. As tunneling is one of the critical components of the project construction, it will be carried out in two shifts per day. The anticipated progress rate of tunneling is 3 m per day per face. 52.79 % of the tunnel is envisaged to be fully lined with concrete of 30 cm thickness. Concrete lining will be placed using mobile steel formwork & concrete pump once full excavation has been made. Moreover, some stretch of the tunnel (306.45 m) will have to be provided with steel rib support. The tunnel excavation envisaged to be completed over a period of 15 months which includes provision of rock bolting, shotcreting as well. The concrete lining, grouting will require a period of 9 months. The total time of construction of headrace tunnel from intake to surge tank is 24 months.
The total quantity of muck from the headrace tunnel is 135036 m3. The volume of concrete work inside the tunnel is 14405m3.
9-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
9.7.5 Adit Tunnels
Two adit tunnels are envisaged in the headrace tunnel and one adit tunnel at surge tank crown. Excavation for these tunnels will require a period of five months and this activity has to be started on a priority basis in order to complete the waterways in time. The longer adit is at the chainage 1+771.3 m and the length is 479.88 m.
Adit Tunnel-1: adit tunnel to middle of headrace tunnel The first adit tunnel is for the middle of the headrace tunnel and it is at the chainage 1+771.3 m. The length of adit-1 is 463.60 m, D-shape, 4 m diameter slope toward the headrace tunnel (S= +1.479 %). Muck from this adit-1 tunnel is disposed into the “Muck Disposal Area # 1 and 2”. The construction of adit-1 will take 6 months. Therefore, these matters are taken into account of the construction schedule. The estimated muck disposal from this adit tunnel is about 8135 m3.
Adit Tunnel-2: adit tunnel near the surge tank The second adit tunnel is at the end of the headrace tunnel and it is at the chainage 4+060.75 m. The length of adit-2 is 288.9 m, D-shape, 4 m diameter slope is toward of the headrace tunnel (S= + 7.96 %). Muck from this adit-2 tunnel is disposed into the “Muck Disposal Area # 2 and 3”. The estimated muck disposal from this adit tunnel is about 5042 m3. The construction of adit-2 will take 6 months.
Adit Tunnel-3: adit tunnel at the surge tank crown The third adit tunnel is at the crown of the surge tank. The length of adit-4 tunnel is 191.6 m, D-shape, 4 m diameter, height 4 m, slope is toward of the headrace tunnel (S= + 8.99 %). Muck from this adit-3 tunnel is disposed into the “Muck Disposal Area # 3”. The estimated muck disposal from this adit tunnel is about 5052 m3. This adit tunnel-3 is used to transport the surge tank gate as well access to the surge tank. The construction of adit-3 will take 6 months.
9.7.6 Underground Surge tank/Shaft
The surge tank has a finished diameter of 15 m and a height of the tank from base to the
9-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
crown is 37.4 m. The pilot shaft will be excavated from the bottom, using raised boring. Once the pilot shaft is completed, full diameter excavation will be carried out from the top to bottom using benching. Finally, shotcrete and concrete lining will be provided in the tank from the bottom to the top portion. Excavation, shotcreting and rock bolting will be completed over a period of three months while concrete lining will require two months. Volume of excavation is 8415 m3 including the surge tank gate groove. The total volume of concrete is 2120 m3. The construction of surge tank will take 6 months.
9.7.7 Valve Chamber and Access to Valve Chamber
In order to carry out the maintenance of turbine, draft tube, draft tube gates, butterfly valves, the valve chamber is used to control and stop the water flow from tunnel to powerhouse. The size of the valve chamber is 15.9 m x 7 m x 9.5 m. For the access purpose to valve chamber, access tunnel of length 56.35 m, diameter 4 m has been proposed. The muck obtain from the valve chamber and access tunnel is disposed into the “ muck disposal area #3”. The estimated muck disposal from this chamber and the tunnel is 2327 m3.
9.7.8 Pressure tunnel after Surge tank
The length of the pressure tunnel after surge tank is 106.4 m and this is completely a concrete lined tunnel. The muck from this tunnel directly disposed into the “Muck Disposal Area # 3” at the powerhouse site. The total muck from this tunnel is estimated as 2623 m3.
9.7.9 Drop Shaft
The length of the drop shaft is 69.2 m (including bandings) which is to be excavated in circular shape (4.2 m diameter) with concrete lined finishing. The estimated quqntity of muck from drop shaft is 1434 m3 and shall be disposed into the “ Muck disposal Area #2”
9.7.10 Pressure Tunnel after Drop Shaft
The length of the pressure tunnel after drop shaft is 181.6 m and is completely concrete lined. The
9-9 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
excavated diameter of tunnel is 5.0 m , D-shape and finished diameter is 4.2 m circular shape. The muck obtained from the tunnel is directly disposed into the “Muck Disposal Area # 2”. The total muck from the tunnel is 4400m3. The construction of drop shaft, pressure tunnel and valve chamber will take 9 months.
9.7.11 Powerhouse
Retaining Structure upslope of Powerhouse
The concrete retaining structure of length about 169 m is proposed to construct upslope of the powerhouse site. The main objective of this structure is to reduce the excavation of upslope by stabilizing the existing sloping land escape. In the design, the retaining structure has been proposed at an elevation 681 m. The maximum height of the retaining wall is 14.75 m. The retaining structure shall be built before the excavation of the powerhouse earth work. The total volume earth work for the construction of retaining structure is estimated as 47095 m3 and the total volume of concrete work is estimated is 2900 m3. The foundation of the retaining structure shall be anchor to the bedrock. The excavation work of the retaining wall take place 3 months and concreting of the retaining wall will take 5 months.
The proposed powerhouse is semi surface and the machine foundation is on the bedrock (schist). Therefore, the maximum depth of excavation is about 45 m from the surface. The total volume of earth excavation is about 191744 m3. The plan dimension of powerhouse is 37 m x 14.0 m. The elevation of erection bay is 637.2 m while the turbine floor is at elevation 625.35 m. The powerhouse accommodates 2 vertical Francis turbine generators with ancillary equipment for control & protection. The total volume of concrete work is about 6198 m3.
Firstly road to the powerhouse site diversion shall be built which will be followed up by excavation for the powerhouse subsurface structure. The excavation of powerhouse will be then carried out through benching. The powerhouse excavation will be followed by concreting of the foundation. Sub-surface concreting and superstructure concreting will then be carried out. Powerhouse excavation is estimated to be completed over a period of 5 months while the structure and finishing works will require another 11 months. Erection of the equipment will be made once the gantry
9-10 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
crane has been installed and is expected to require a period of 6 months.
9.7.12 Tailrace conduit and Outlet Structure
The tailrace conduits have length of 123.93 m. The box culvert type section of tailrace conduit has a section of 4.5 m x 4.5 m size. The tailrace will be made by cut and cover method. The outlet structure works comprises of excavation and slope stabilization, concrete works and erection of gates. The volume of excavation material is 90761 m3. The volume of concrete work is 2766 m3. It is anticipated that the tailrace conduit and outlet works will be completed in 6 month.
9.7.13 Electro-Mechanical Equipment
The electromechanical equipment and its accessories are imported from the third countries. The design, manufacturing and forwarding will require 14 months while erection at site will require another six months.
9.7.14 Switchyard, ancillary Buildings and transmission line
The proposed switchyard is in front of the powerhouse. The size of the switch yard is 60 m x 100 m. the construction of switch yard shall proceeds after the construction of powerhouse and tailrace box canal. The switchyard civil works and installation of switch yard towers and transformer will require 6 months while the Switchyard Control Building will require 6 months. The size of the control building is 9 m x 12 m in plan.
The length of the transmission line is about 4 km. The erection of transmission line and interconnection with the Trisuli 3B hub shall take 6 month.
9.7.15 Testing and Commissioning
This activity will require a period of two months. It shall comprise of wet testing and generation testing before the commercial operation date (COD).
9-11 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
9.8 Quarries and Borrow Areas
The field exploration was carried out to identify the potential borrow areas and quarry sites for the construction materials. A total of 2 nos. of possible borrow areas were identified within 5 km range of project area during feasibility study. Borrow areas GA is located in Trishuli River bed. Borrow area GB is located at Salankhu Khola bed. Two-quarry sites (QA and QB) were identified . Quarry site QA is located at Right bank of Tirshuli river near perposed powerhouse site .
Volume of Granular material was estimated on the basis of field measurement of test pits depth, material quality, laboratory test result of pit samples and area of different proposed borrow areas. Estimated volume of material in different borrow areas is 0.32 million cubic meter for GA and that of 14 million cubic meter for GB borrow area.
Two quarry areas (QA and QB) were identified during investigation. Quarry site, QA is located at Tirshuli bagar boulder deposit near proposed powerhouse and quarry site QB is located at left bank of Tirshuli River.
9.9 Spoil Area
Spoil deposit area has to be provided in the project area to accommodate excavated rock from the underground project components like headrace tunnel, surge tank, powerhouse, tailrace and adits. The spoil areas should be located close to the tunnel and adits as much as possible. The total fill volume of underground excavations is 46300 m3, assuming a bulk factor of 1.5 from solid rock to spoil fill.
The build-up of the spoil deposits will be a continuous process during the construction period. Most of the areas would be finalized within 2 to 3 years. The longest duration is associated with headrace tunnel excavation. The finished spoil areas at the powerhouse and tailrace outlet are suitable for use by Electro-Mechanical Contractors for lay down areas, storages, offices and camp facilities.
During the operation period of the project, some areas would be required as redundancy space for major overhaul etc. The local community might use most of the spoil areas for other activities. All spoil deposits should be made stable and should preferably be shaped with a flat area on the top,
9-12 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
though a slope of 1:20 would facilitate later usage. Typically a side sloping of 1:1.5 is stable for most purposes. The deposit should, therefore, be built up in layers rather than dumped from high elevation. Top soil should be shaved off and piled up separately on dedicated storage prior to any deposit of tunnel spoil. Spoil deposits should be shaped into forms merging to the landscape and covered by the stored top soil as far as possible.
9.10 Construction Planning and Scheduling
It is envisaged that the project will be implemented under EPC contract. The preparatory activities like EIA arrangement and construction of site road, upgrading of existing roads, construction power and camp facilities should be taken up on a priority basis. Some activities in these tasks could be done in parallel. The total time duration required for the actual construction after contract award is estimated to be 36 months. EPC tendering awarding will require 6 months while mobilization will require 1.5 month. Construction of the site road, upgrading of existing roads and temporary camp facilities will require three months.
Four separate groups are required to construct the three adit tunnel. Since the length of adit tunnel no 1 is longer, adit tunnel number 1 has to construct faster than other adit tunnel. The construction of headrace tunnel is in the critical component of project schedule. Therefore, the construction of tunnel has to be started from four face.
Similarly, the construction of powerhouse is in the critical path also. Excavation and subsurface concreting, superstructure concreting of the powerhouse shall takes about 20 months. After completing the powerhouse civil works, the construction of tailrace canal starts followed by the switchyard civil works. The erection and installation of switch yard start after 31 months only.
The project could be completed by the middle of early 2018, if actual construction is started in September 1, of the year 2015. The project implementation schedule is shown in Figure 9.1. The construction schedule is shown in Figure 9.2.
9-13 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
9.11 Key Dates
The Department of Electricity Development, DoED has recently issued conditional Generation License for Upper Trishuli 3'B' HEP to NEA. The process for transferring the license in the name of Trishuli Hydropower Company needs to be initiated at the earliest. The Environmental Impact Analysis, EIA needs to be completed within the next 6 months as public hearing as a part of EIA was made in September, 2013. The implementation schedule starts with the preconstruction activities such as power purchase agreement with NEA, arrangement of equity and arrangement of loan for financial closure. These preconstruction activities are planned to be completed within July 2014. At the same time, bidding documents for EPC Contract will be prepared in parallel. An international consultant will be appointed as Owner’s Engineer for review and finalization EPC design, drawings and EPC documents and to assist the Employer in construction supervision and management of the project. Procurement process for construction of the main works (main civil works, hydro mechanical and electro mechanical works) under EPC basis will be started at the beginning of FY 071/72. It is anticipated that the EPC contract for construction of the project will be awarded in the mid of FY 071/72.
This project will use the same access road constructed for Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project. Preparatory works of the project for main construction works consist of land acquisition followed by construction of access road, camp facilities and transmission line for construction power. As land acquisition can be initiated immediately after receipt of the Generation License, the corresponding works have to be planned accordingly to ensure timely start of the construction of main works. The actual duration of project completion period will be three and half years from the date of award of contract. All preparatory works including land acquisition, construction camp and infrastructure development will be started this Fiscal Year and will be completed by the mid of next FY 071/72. The main construction works of the project will start from June 2015 and will be completed by October 2018. The commercial generation will start from November 2018. The key dates for project implementation proposed are summarized below.
• Generation License : Oct, 2013 • EIA – EIA Document review & Public hearing : Oct, 2013
9-14 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
– EIA Approval : May, 2014 • PPA with NEA : July, 2014 • Financial Closure : August, 2014 • Consultant selection & Award : July, 2014 • EOI & RFP Document Preparation : December, 2013 • EOI Notice & Short listing : Jan-March, 2014 • RFP Issue, selection and Contract ward : April-June, 2014 • EPC Design Drawings and Bidding Documents – Finalizations of Design & Drawings : January, 2014 – EPC Document Preparation : April, 2014 – Review & Finalization by the Consultant : July - September, 2014 • Tendering & award of EPC Contract : October, 2014 – March, 2015 • Mobilization Period : April to May, 2015 • Construction and Completion : June 2015 to October, 2018
9-15 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 10: Environmental Impact Assessment
10.1 Introduction
The proposed Upper Trishuli-3B (UT-3B) Hydroelectric Project with an installed capacity of 42 MW has been recommended by the study team as one of the attractive schemes for the development in the near future. This scheme utilizes the tailrace flow of the Upper Trishuli -3 "A" Hydroelectric Project. This project which is a Run-of-River cascade schemes is located in Manakamana and Laherepauwa VDCs of Nuwakot and Rasuwa Districts respectively. The intake is located at Simle village of Manakamana VDC while the powerhouse at Champani village of Manakamana VDC.
This report is the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the Upper Trishuli-3B HEP prepared by the Environment and Social Studies Department (ESSD) of Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA). This EIA Report is an integral part of project feasibility study and the purpose of the EIA is to ensure that the project is designed and developed in a manner that minimizes negative social and environmental effects while maximizing project benefits. This EIA report is valid only for generation and does not include transmission line.
10.2 Project Description
The proposed Upper Trishulli -3B HEP Run-of -River project with the installed capacity of 42 MW is located in Rasuwa and Nuwakot Districts in the Central Development Region of Nepal. The proposed intake is located at Simle village of Manakamana VDC whereas the powerhouse at Champani village of Manakamana VDC. The left bank of the proposed headpond lies in the buffer zone of the Langtang National Park.
10-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
10.3 Study Methodology
The EIA study has been completed in compliance with the requirements of Environment Protection Act, 2053, Environmental Protection Rules, 2054 and its amendment, based on field investigation and studies, consultation with local people & officials and the approved ToR.
10.4 Existing Environment Conditions
10.4.1 Physical Environment
The Upper Trishuli 3B HEP is located in the Gandaki River Basin. The core project area lies in relatively flatter topography and watershed of the proposed project is fairly good. The land use in the project area mainly consists of patches of agricultural land and forest. The powerhouse lies in flat agricultural land.
The project area lies in the Lesser Himalayan Metasediments in Central Nepal. The dominant rock type around intake is Gneiss. Rock exposures near intake portal is Gneiss with light and dark coloured minerals which is slightly to moderately weathered and hard. A horseshoe shaped headrace tunnel which is about 4228 m long crosses mainly two types of rock namely schist and quartzite. A very small section will pass through gneiss. The rock exposed around the surge shaft area is quartzite and schist. The predominant rock type in the powerhouse area is schist and quartzite with the proportion of quartzite is higher than schist.
Trishuli River is one of the major perennial river of Saptagandaki river systems with the catchment area of 4542 km2 at the proposed headworks site. The major tributaries of the Trishuli River upstream of proposed intake sites area Mailung, Bhote Koshi, Chilime, Langtang and Dunche Trishuli. The annual mean at intake is found to be 192.0 m3/s. The maximum mean monthly discharge is 825.5 m3/s (August, 2004) and minimum mean monthly discharge is 25.7 m3/s (March 1993).
The core project area lies in the sub-tropical climate zone with the annual average maximum and minimum temperature of 19.75O C and 10.02 O C respectively. (Nuwakot District Profile, Nuwakot,
10-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
2005). The project area lies in the interior part of the country, therefore the air and noise pollution is very less in the project area except for the dust pollution from the vehicles plying through Upper Trisuli 3A HEP road and Betrawati-Pairebesi gravel road which appears to be within the range of national standard.
10.4.2 Biological Environment
Almost all of the core project area lies within the subtropical zone . The left bank of the dewatered stretch lies in the buffer zone of the Langtang National Park (LNP). However, no forest part of the LNP will be affected by the implementation of the proposed project. Major forest types are hill Sal forest, Pine forest, Schima-Castanopsis forest, Rhododendron forest, Alder forest, lower temperate mixed broad leaf forest, Upper temperate mixed forest of the Langtang National Park and its buffer zone.
The vegetation found in the headworks area is sparse and consists of Githi/Dar (Deberegesia salicifolia), and domestic fruit trees such as Albizia sp, and Magnifera indicia. and some fodder tree and shrub species. The vegetation in the surge tank and access road to surge tank area mainly consist of Sal (Shorea robusta), Chilaune (Schima wallichii), Mauwa (Engelhardia spicata), Khanayo (Ficus semicordata), Simal (Bombax ceiba), Kutmero (Litsea monopelata), Bot Dhaero (Lagerstromea parviflora), Datiwon (Alstomiasp). Amala (Phyllanthus emblica), Gogan (Sauravia nepalnsis), and this forest area belong to Sirupani Community Forest.
There is poor vegetation composition and distribution around power house area. Few scattered trees and common shrubs like chutro (Berberies asiatica) and trees like Simal (Bombax ceiba) and Gogan (Saurauia nepalensis), are found in the power house and camp area. The camp area consist of mainly cultivated land.
Subtropical evergreen forest consisting of sal, simal, and pine mixed can be observed along the access road and surge tank area. The canopy cover was estimated around 60% during the field survey. Other main associated tree species in the forest observed were Mauwa, (Engelhardia spicata), Erythrina suberosa etc. The undergrowth forest surface was dominated by Titepati (Artimesia spp), Banmara (Eupatorium Spp), Fern spp, kauchho (Mucuna nigricans) etc.
10-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Cultivated terraces, shrub lands, mixed forest of Rani Sallo (pinus roxburghii), Chilaune (Schima wallichii), Mauwa (Engelhardia spicata), Sal, mixed with undergrowth of a few shrubs and climbers, kadam (Anthocephalus chinensis) were observed along the headrace tunnel of about 4.228 km length. Dense vegetation patches along the north west slope of the proposed tunnel. Similar type of vegetation has been found at the proposed adits. No registered private land and leasehold forest lies in the project construction sites. Altogether 4 Community Forests namely Jambaipakha CF, Thulobagara CF, Goddung CF and Sirupani CF will be indirectly affected by the construction of the project . Similarly, three Buffer zone User committee will be affected.
Fish sampling along the Trishuli River and local information collected in the field reveal the presence of 31 species of fish. Out of which 15 species are collected during the present survey and remaining 16 are reported by local fishermen.
Altogether 18 species of mammals and 13 species of birds were reported in the project area. Nine types of fish species were identified during the sampling in the Trishuli River. Asala (Shizothorax richardsonii (Gray) represented more than 80% of the local catch in all sampling stations.
10.4.3 Socio-economic and Culture Environment
The Upper Trishuli- 3B Hydroelectric project is located in two districts namely Resuwa and Nuwakot of Bagmati Zone, Central Development Region of Nepal. The total area of the project affected district is 2,665 sq. km (Rasuwa~1,544 sq.km and Nuwakot~1,121sq.km) with average population density of 160.5 person/sq km. Administratively, there are 80 VDCs and one municipality of 2 districts (62 VDCs and 1 Municipality in Nuwakot districts & 18 VDCs in Rasuwa district). The total population of surveyed households is 332 with male 180 and female 152. The percentage of male and female population of surveyed households is 54.22 and 45.78 respectively. The male population of surveyed households is comparatively higher than the female population. Similarly, the average sex ratio of the surveyed population is 1.18 and the households size is 5.72. The project area is dominated by native born population. The major settlements of the project affected VDCs are Simle, Arachale,Shanti Bazar, Chhampani Baru Gaun, Pairebenshi, and Betrawati. Brahmin, Chhetri, Tamang, Gurung and Magar are the major dominant castes/ethnic groups among
10-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP the surveyed households. According to household survey, Buddhism is the dominant religion among the surveyed households while Hinduism practiced by the people in the project area. The household survey indicates that the average literacy rate of the surveyed population is 73.84%, which is comparatively higher than the average literacy rate (50.46%) of the project affected VDCs and the average literacy (42.85%) rate of the project affected districts.
Agriculture, wage/labor and services are predominant occupation of the surveyed population followed by labors inside and outside country, business and small industries. According to household survey data, 67.71% of the surveyed population is economically active (population of 14- 59 years of age).
Due to the lack of sufficient irrigation facilities and low cultivated land, the average production in the project affected area is very low. Overall average land holding size is calculation to be 0.57ha/Hh, which is comparatively lower than the average land holding size of the project affected VDCs (0.65ha/Hh). Paddy, wheat, maize, millet are the major food crops and oilseeds and potato are the major cash crops grown by the surveyed households. Among the crops produced, maize and paddy are the major crops for earning and feeding. The household survey reveal that about 48.48% of farming land is occupied by paddy field. Food insufficiency problem is common in the project area. The household survey indicated that about 63.79% surveyed households are fall under insufficiency of food grain for their own production. Only 36.21% of surveyed household have sufficient food for their own production throughout the year.
Remittance, wage/labor, agriculture, animal husbandry, pretty trade/business, service, pension transportation and trekking are the major income source of the surveyed households in the project area. The households of the project area also raise livestock both for cash income and farming purpose. The average income of the project affected household is 136,483 per annum and the average annual expenditure of the surveyed households is calculation to be Rs 1,17.746. piped water, spring/well, river/stream and public tap are the major sources of drinking water in the project affected area.
Fuel wood is the major source is the major of energy for cooking purpose of the surveyed households. Electricity is the major source of lighting fuel of most of the project affected
10-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP households. Similarly, fuel wood, electricity, bio-gas are the major source of energy for Cooking purpose of the surveyed households. On this provision, about 68.97% have been using bio-gas and 3.45% surveyed households have been using electricity for cooking purpose.
There are no historical, archeological and religious sites of significance in the core project area.
10.5 Impact Assessment
10.5.1 Physical Environment
A total of approximately 22.15 ha of land under different land use will be permanently converted to project facilities, whereas 5 ha of land will be used for temporary and permanent camps during the construction period. The permanent land use change may result in permanent loss of production resource base particularly of the cultivated land, private forest and barren land. Approximately 8.13 ha of the total land take is agricultural land, 2.53 ha forest, and the rest barren land. The impact is expected to be high, local in extent and for a long duration.
The construction activities like clearing of land, blasting, excavation work and muck disposal will have impact on the land stabilities and surface soil erosion in the project area. Furthermore, there might be an alteration in localized drainage and storm runoff patterns.
The settlements close to the construction sites like Champani, Simle and Archale like will be affected by the air pollution. The impact will be moderate in magnitude, localized and will be for short duration. Construction activities and operation of diesel plants, vehicles, and ventilators, cement batching and aggregate crushing plant at various project sites will generate noise and vibrations. The increase in ambient noise levels will have pronounced impacts on settlements in close proximity to noise source at the headworks, powerhouse site and some sections of the access road.
The diversion of water though the tunnel will have an impact on the river flow and morphology. The river will divert up to 51 m3/s of flow and approximately 5 km of the river stretch between the proposed intake and powerhouse site will be dewatered. The flow during the dry and wet season will
10-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP fluctuate between 3.84-597.9 m3/s in the river which will change the river morphology and hydrology. Change in the water quality of surface water bodies are likely to occur due to construction activities.
During the construction of headpond, powerhouse, tunnel, adits and penstock pipe, considerable amounts of excavation material will be generated. Reuse of spoils for aggregates and backfill, and the careful disposal of the balance are necessary to avoid any adverse impacts on the environment.
10.5.2 Biological Environment
The implementation of the project will affect the existing ecosystems in the project impact area. The major impact on the biological environmental will include the loss of individual plants and vegetation cover of access road construction and construction of head pond, surge tank, access road to the surge tank, power house site, etc. Approximately 2.53 ha of forest land will be acquired for the aforementioned components, out of which 1.03 ha consists of is disturbed forest and 1.5 ha is mostly belong to herbaceous vegetation with sparse presence of bushes scattered where clearance is not required. The left bank of the dewatered stretch lies in the buffer zone area of the LNP, but no forest have to be cleared from LNP.
Within 1.03 ha the disturbed forest for hydropower components, it has been estimated that Altogether 404 tress including 377 pole size and 27 above pole size trees needs to be felled and 408 are sapling belonging to partly Community Forest and mostly from Sirupani Community Forest. The volume of matured trees is 4344.265 cubic feet.
As the proposed project. will use tail water of Trishuli 3A HEP the impacts on fish migration is negligible. Furthermore the lack of long distance migrant and important mid rang migratory species except Snow trout also limits the impacts. As mentioned in baseline the upstream migration of major migration species is already due to construction of dam at existing Trishuli HEP and further diversion of water for Devighat Powerhouse the likely impact due to construction of intake on fish migration is insignificant.
10-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
10.5.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
The proposed Project will affect 22.15 ha of land out of which 8.13 ha is cultivated land. The total permanent cultivated land to be acquired for the different project components is estimated to be 5.13 ha. Similarly, 3.0 ha of cultivated land will be used temporarily by the project. A total of 47 household will be affected directly due to land and property acquisition for the project. Out of total affected household, 9 households have to be displaced from their place of residence. The magnitude of impact is considered to be high, local and long termed in duration.
The total production loss annually of different crops due to project implementation is estimated to be 13.3 MT. Considering the availability of agricultural land. This impact is expected to be high in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration.
Due to the influx of large number workforce (1000) during construction phase there will be significant stress on the existing infrastructures.
Altogether, 15 structures (9 house and 6 cowsheds) belonging to 8 households are required to be relocated due to the implementation of the project. Most of the structures are located on powerhouse/camp site and access road.
The employment opportunity and economic activities are the areas of income during construction period. This short term economic boon will contribute to the development of local economy. The project area and region will benefit from the royalty paid by the licensee of the hydropower project to the DOED. Besides from the aforementioned benefits from the project implementation the local people will be able to invest in the proposed project and get economic benefit which will ultimately play a major role in poverty alleviation and bring position change in their economic status.
10.6 Alternatives Study
During the feasibility and EIA study process a comparison of alternative project strategies, sites for facilities, technologies and designs were carried out. These alternatives were based on site condition and practical option developed by the technical and environmental team.
10-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
10.7 Mitigation Measures
10.7.1 Physical Environment
The main impacts associated with this type of project will firstly be those related with land take. However, minimization of land takes wherever feasible and minimization of ground disturbances caused by construction activities and access to sites will be made. Slop protection structures such as revetment wall at the right bank of Trishuli river at the intake along the steep access road surge tank.
The minimum average monthly flow for the driest month, February, at the intake site is 38.4 m3/sec. As per the Hydropower Development policy 3.84 m3/sec will be released from the headwork (connecting chamber) corresponding to 10% of this flow (or the minimum required quantum as identified in the EIA which ever higher). This flow will augment the minimum release from Upper Trishuli 3"A"HEP.
10.7.2 Biological Environment
Selected felling will be the best approach to minimize the loss of vegetation at the project construction site. Trees that are likely to be felled or construction works will be counted, marked and harvested with proper forestry techniques and involving technical staff from the District Forest Office. However, the compensation for the felled trees will be provided to the respective owner.
The products from Community Forests and private forest recovered during site clearance will be handed over to the concerned CFUG and the owners. AS a compensatory measure for the loss of trees plantation in a ratio of 1:25 will be done in the project area. The land for the compensatory plantation and the type of species will be decided with coordination with the District Forest Office and CFUG.
Illegal cutting trees and encroachment on forest will be restricted. Use of kerosene and LPG in the construction and the labor camps as well as in tea stalls and restaurant by establishing will be
10-9 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP encouraged. The project will also grant subsidy on kerosene and LPG to the project affected communities.
A wildlife conservation programmed in co-ordination with Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation (DNPWC) and LNP will be implemented. The locals and the CFUG around for the head works sites, Buffer Zone User Groups and Buffer Zone Council will be consulted for wildlife conservation Awareness Programs and trainings.
Finish will be prohibited in 4 km reduced flow zone for about 5 dry months. The project management will develop some enforcement mechanism in association with local administration, local leaders, District Agriculture Development Office and Nepal Fisheries Society (NEFIS) to ban the illegal fishing in the project area. Project works will be strictly prohibited for fisheries. Hoarding board containing information and warning sing regarding river pollution, use of fishing gears, dynamite, importance of fish conservation and habitat management will be placed at 1 km intervals along the reduced flow stretch and at public places close to Trishuli River to award and pre inform the people about restriction of fishing.
The open water stocking will be done to minimize the impact of the project on native fauna. The open water stocking including the indigenous current loving fish. Release of 5,00,000 fingerlings at the rate of 1,00,000 fingerlings per year is proposed for 5 years in upstream of the Trishuli River to minimize the impact on fish fauna. Since Trishuli Fish of Nepal Agriculture Research Council is within the project area, the required fingerlings can be easily purchased from the farm.
10.7.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
The land required for construction activities will be acquired according to the Land Acquisition Act, 2034 & Land Acquisition Regulation,2045BS. As per this act Compensation Fixation Committee (CFC) will be formed under the chairmanship of Chief District of the concerned district including chairperson of affected VDCs, representative of affected people, representative of Land Revenue Office and the project. Compensation will be distributed as per rate fixed by CFC. Based on the discussion with the local people, observation at site and from the conclusion made by the environmental team, compensation will be provided by the following two methods.
10-10 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Cash Compensation Land-for-Land and House-for-House Compensation
Project will provide technical and financial for the local development of the project area. Field investigation and perception of the local people show that there is need of some support on the following sectors like Education, health, water supply and sanitation.
10.8 Environmental Management Plan
During the planning and pre-construction phase the prime responsibility for the environment management will be of Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) as The proponent of the project. A project company has been already formed under the name Upper Trishuli 3B Jalbidyut Company Ltd. which will operate in BOOT model. In that case a project Company1 will take over all rights and responsibilities associated with the implementation of this EMP.
A unit will be established to implement the day-to-day Environment Management Plan. Upper Trishuli 3B Environment Unit will be formed which will consist of expert from ESSD, Ministries, local administrators and other qualified personnel from the local market. This unit will function under the direct supervision of the Project Director. This unit will carry out the community related activities on behalf of the project and implement the mitigation measures as prescribed in the EMP. This unit also be responsible for formulating the annual Environmental Protection Plan (EPP). This plan will outline the implementation mechanisms of the environmental mitigation measures foreseen in the EMP.
Environmental monitoring will be carried out at all the project impact areas in a regular or intermittent schedule. The environmental monitoring will be carried out by the Ministry of Energy as per the EPR. An environmental audit will be required two years after the commencement of the project. The Ministry of Environment will be responsible for the auditing as mentioned in the EPR, 1997.
10-11 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
The total cost for implementing the Environmental Management Plan is estimated to be NRS 15,41,43,730. This cost including mitigation and enhancement cost, monitoring cost and auditing cost. The total Environmental Management Cost amounts to approximately 2.5% of the total project cost.
10.10 Review of Plans/policies, acts, rules/regulation, guidelines, conventions strategies and standards
The prevailing Acts, Policies, Regulation and Guidelines which are required for the development of hydropower projects in Nepal have been reviewed while preparing the present EIA report of the Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. Some of the important Guidelines and Acts and their relevance in hydropower development have also been reviewed and discussed. The regulation and acts related to power and water sector like Hydropower Development policy (1992), Water Resources Act (1992), Electricity Act(1992), Electricity Act (1992), water Resources Regulations (1993) have also been referred while preparing the report. Important Acts like Land Acquisition Acts, Forest Acts and Aquatic Animal Protection Acts have also been extensively reviewed while preparing the report. As the left bank of the proposed weir lies in the buffer zone of the Langtang National Park, the National Park and wildlife protection Act,2029, Buffer zone Management Regulation,1994 and policy for construction and operation of physical infrastructure within Conservation Area, 2065 has also been reviewed while preparing the EIA report.
10.11 Conclusion
The environmental impacts of Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project identified during the Environmental impact Assessment Study are fairly unproblematic. Land take, changes in land use pattern land degradation and soil erosion, dewatering of river, waste disposal and forest loss are some of the impacts identified in construction of river, The key environmental issues during the operation phase of the project include downstream flow variations, waste disposal, safety hazards for the plant staff. The impacts are moderate, within acceptable limits and can generally be mitigated . There are environmental risk reduction opportunities to be reaped on behalf of the local communities, which will experience positive rural development activities. Other direct benefits of
10-12 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP the project will be form opportunity for local people for share investment in the project, establishment of industries and general improvement of infrastructures and services in the project impact area due to reliable electricity and some employment to the local people.
10-13 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 11:
Cost Estimate
11.1 General
This Cost Estimation Report describes the methodology used and presents the project cost estimate. The project cost estimate is carried out in parallel with the quantities of various items taken off from the detail design drawings and quantities derived from quantity estimate. Most of the area and lengths are measured in the AUTOCAD drawings and given in the quantity estimate sheets.
11.2 Criteria, Assumptions and Cost Components
The following criteria and assumptions are the basis of the cost estimate:
i) All costs are in July 2013 price level. ii) For currency conversion, the following rate, valid in July 2013 was used: iii) US $1 = NRs 95 iv) Identifiable Nepalese taxes and custom duties are included.
A key assumption is that the project management and procurement policy will stress to open competitive bidding and those government policies will not hinder cost-effective construction.
11.3 Estimating methodology
The major component breakdowns for the estimating process are:
i) support facilities such as project roads, camps, construction power and etc ii) main civil construction works iii) electromechanical equipment iv) hydro metal works
11-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
v) transmission and iterconnection facilities v) engineering, management, and administration vi) resettlement, land acquisition, and environmental provisions vii) contingencies
11.4 Civil Works
The cost estimate was prepared on the basis of the sequential execution of the following steps:
i) Subdivision of the total project into a number of distinct structures (camp construction, project road, adit tunnels, underground intake, headrace tunnel, surge tank, penstock, powerhouse, tailrace, metal works, transmission line works, electromechanical works etc.). ii) Breaking down of structures into a number of distinct construction tasks. These are overburden excavations, rock excavation, underground rock excavation, backfill work, concrete works, shotcrete works, rock bolting, grouting, haulage, form works, steel works etc.). iii) Calculation of the quantities of each items according to the above mentioned tasks for the two units of 21 MW installed capacity are considered. Detail quantity estimate of each items have been carried out in 1:500 scale map and detail design drawings. Quantities of each item are measured in AUTOCAD and given in the appendix. iv) Unit rates of all the required items have developed by the Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited (TJCL) with the prevailing market rates. The hourly rates of the machines are taken from different companies that have been already working in Nepal. v) The unit rates comprises of 5 % contingencies of unforeseen works, 15 % overhead and 13 % VAT. The labor rates are used as per the district rate given in the Rasuwa Nuwakot District. 7.5 % contingencies cover the market price of labor rate as well as unforeseen works in the item. v) The summation with allowances for, contingency and allowances for engineering and management and provision for price contingencies gives the total project cost.
11-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
The total estimated cost for civil work is 2683 million N P r without p h y s i c a l contingencies, Price contingencies and project management cost. The headrace tunnel is the major cost in civil structure followed by powerhouse civil works. Cost of the headrace tunnel, pressure tunnel and dropshaft is 1491 million NPr and the powerhouse cost is 331 million NPr.
11.5 Electro-Mechanical Equipment
The two numbers of 21 MW unit capacities are installed to generate 42MW of power. The cost of supply, transportation and installation of turbines, generators are 1306.5 Million NPr. This cost are taken from the similar project that have been under construction. The cost per kW is 1541 US $ with 95 NPr per unit of US $
11.6 Hydro-mechanical equipment
The hydromechanical works are required in the headrace pipe, gates, steel lining in the drop shaft, pressure tunnel, tailrace gates. The cost of these materials are 451.3 Million NPr, includes installation and manufacturing.
11.7 Resettlement, Land acquisition, and Environmental provisions
Cost for resettlement and Environmental mitigation and monitoring of the project during pre- construction and construction is estimated of 154.143 million NPr.
11.8 Contingencies
Contingencies were applied to various areas of work to cover changes in physical scope, which cannot be presently identified and estimated. For the present level of studies the following allowances were applied:
• 10 % on civil works, (underground and surface) • 5% on Electro-mechanical equipment, metal works and Transmission works • 1.5 % Tax and duties
11-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
• 7.5 % Price contingencies • VAT @ 1% (E/M, H/M &Transmission Line) & @13% in others
Civil contingencies for the project is 370.68 million NPr and Electro mechanical works of the project is 89.31 million NPr.
11.9 Pre operating and management cost
A sum of 10% of the cost is provided for engineering, management and administration during construction. The total cost for this is 720 million Npr.
11.10 Project Cost The Sub Committee during discussion with the Project team suggested that the team follow the unit rate norms used by the subsidiary companies of Chilime Hydropower Company Limited for estimating the cost of their projects. Accordingly, it was noted that the rate analysis/ unit rates followed in Middle Bhotekosi Hydroelectric Project have been taken by the Project as the reference while estimating the cost of UT3'B'HEP. The cost estimates prepared by the Project team at the price level of 2013 have been reviewed and finalized under the following cost component categories
(i) Land and Support Cost, (ii) Pre-operating Expenses, (iii) Infrastructure Works, (iv) Main Civil Works, (v) Hydro-mechanical Works, (vi) Electro-mechanical Works, (vii) Taxes and Duties, (viii) Physical Contingency, and (ix) Price Contingency.
11-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Land and Support Cost The land support cost includes the cost of land acquisition, RoW acquisition and compensation, environmental mitigation, local development and the provision for corporate social responsibility, CSR. The total cost estimate under this category is estimated at NRs 210,000,000.
Pre-operating Expenses The pre-operating expenses include the cost of project preparation for implementation including feasibility and detail design, environmental study, cost of project engineering and management and developers’ fee. The total cost estimate under this category stand at NRs 720,000,000.
Infrastructure Works The infrastructure cost comprises of access road, camp facilities, construction power etc. The total cost estimated for this category stand at NRs 93,358,372.
Main Civil Works The main civil works cost includes the cost of main civil structures of the hydropower project. The major components included under this cost category includes the head pond, headrace tunnel, power house, adit tunnels, surge tank, tailrace conduit and tailrace pond etc. The total cost under this category is estimated at NRs 2,683,475,976.
Hydro-mechanical Works The category includes the cost of gates, stoplog, trash rack, steel pipe for penstock etc. The total cost estimate under this category is NRs 451,363,073.
Electro-mechanical Works The electro mechanical costs include the cost of transmission line, turbines, generators and the auxiliaries. The total cost estimate under this category stands at NRs 1,306,505,000.
Taxes and Duties This cost category mainly includes the custom levied on import of equipment local taxes etc. and VAT levied on civil works and installation portion of hydro mechanical and
11-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
electro mechanical equipment. The total cost under this category is estimated at NRs 596,546,492 .Physical Contingencies
An amount equal to 5% of the electromechanical cost, 10% of the main civil costs and other costs is provisioned for the purpose of physical contingency to cover unforeseen works during the execution of the project. The total cost under this category is calculated to be NRs 460,001,839.
Price Contingency An amount equal to 7.5 of the total cost with taxes is provisioned for the purpose of price contingency to cover the escalation allowed by the provision of the contract. The price contingency stands at NRs 491,231,306.
The total cost of the project estimated as of November 2013 stands at Rs. 6,613,219,874 as summarized in Table 11.1 below. Total project cost for installed capacities of 2 X 21 MW is 7040.98 million Npr with price contingencies, VAT, Tax and duteis. Details cost estimates of the project is given in the appendix. The total financial cost including 10 % Interest during construction is 7745.08 million Npr. Therefore, the cost of project per MW is 18.44 Crore.
Table11.1: SUMMARY OF COST ESTIMATE
S.N. Description of Item Amount (NPr) A Land & Support 210000000 B Pre-Operating Expenses & Management Cost 720000000 C Infrastructure Works 93358372 D Civil Cost 2683475976 D1 General Items 272800000 D2 Main Civil Works 2410675976 100 Head Pond at Tailrace of UT3A 141313974 200 Adit Tunnel-1 71682595 300 Adit Tunnel-2 46459701 400 Adit Tunnel-3 34857066 500 Headrace Pressure Pipe 133113564 900 Headrace Tunnel (Upto Surge Tank) 1208813207 1000 Underground Surge Tank 113601089
11-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
1100 Valve Chamber & Access Tunnel 22491036 1700 Pressure Tunnel & Vertical Shaft 146823749 2600 Powerhouse 330993711 2700 Tailrace Conduit 97389898 2800 Tailrace Pond 43460900 3000 Switchyard (Civil Works) 19675487 E Hydro Mechanical Cost 451363073.8 3200 Gates/Stoplogs/Valve 142728782 3300 Steel Lining in Pressure Shaft 164568650 3400 Headrace Pressure Pipe 142982920 3500 Trash Rack 301498 3600 Air Suction Pipe (Surge Tank to Valve Chamber) 781224 F Electro-Mechanical Cost 1306505000 3700 Turbine Equipment 388858750 3800 Generator 521360000 3900 Auxiliaries - Hydraulic Equipment 27431250 4000 Auxiliaries - Electrical Equipment 359955000 4100 Gantry Crane 8900000 132kV Single Circuit Transmission Line and bay extension and metering arrangement in Trishuli 3B G Hub 28500000 Total (A+B+C+D+E+F+G) 5493202422 VAT @ 1% (E/M, H/M &Transmission Line) & @13% in others 499752146 Base Cost as of 2013 5992954568 Physical Contingencies 460001839 5.0 % of E/M &H/M Works and Transmission Line 89318404 10.0 % of Main Civil Works & Others 370683435 Total Cost as of 2013 6452956407 Taxes & Duties (1.5%) 96794346 Total Cost with Taxes & Duties 6549750753 Price Contingencies (7.5%) 491231306.5 Total escalated cost at the end of the construction 7040982060 Interest during construction (10%) 704098206 Total financial cost of the project at the end of Construction NRs. 7745080266 Exchange Rate 1 US$ is equivalent to NRs. 95.00 95
11-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Total financial cost of the project at the end of construction in US$.: 81527161 Specific Cost of the project (US $ / kW): 1941 B/C Ratio 1.69 FIRR 19.02
11-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 12: Project Evaluation
12.1 General
A hydropower project has significant impacts in terms of employment and consumption of scarce national finances. The number of people and industries affected through the tariff implications of the project require that the costs and benefits of the project must be evaluated from the broad social context. The project must be able to demonstrate appropriate return to the nation in economic analysis. The Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project has been evaluated on economic and financial terms.
Financial planning is concerned with the estimation of the financial implications of a proposed development. It is based on the use of market prices and, therefore, includes any taxes or royalties which will be levied on the factors of production and any subsidies, capital or operating, which may be received as part of the development. All costs are charged and all revenues credited to the analysis in the actual amounts expended or received and in the case of foreign costs converted at the anticipated official exchange rate at the time of expenditure. For this analysis the financial rate of return and cash flow is assessed from the perspective of a utility owner/operator.
A number of specific items are treated differently in an economic analysis when compared to a financial analysis specifically:
• Subsidies are not included as benefits to the project. Subsidies are considered to be government transfer payments and as such are not part of the economic price. Subsidies are, however, included in financial prices; • Similarly, Taxes and Duties and Royalties are not included as costs in the economic analysis but, included in the financial analysis; • The economic analysis does not include Price Contingencies. Unless, otherwise specified, inflation (the reason price contingencies are included) is assumed to affect both project inputs and outputs equally. Physical contingencies are, however, retained in both financial and economic analyses; • In economic analysis, interest on capital is not separated in the analysis, as it is part of the
12-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
return to society, which is to be captured. In the financial analysis, interest and capital repayment are separable costs and are not part of the benefit.
12.2 Methodology
The evaluation methodology follows the traditional practice in project analysis where benefits and cost streams are first estimated. The project cost is expressed in terms of economic cost by using "shadow prices" for the economic analysis. For a project to be acceptable, project benefits should outweigh costs.
In general terms, both economic and financial evaluations involve the following tasks:
12.2.1 Estimation of Project Costs
Cost components include construction of head ponds, intake and powerhouse construction, water conveyance, and other civil works, transmission and sub-station costs associated with the project, environmental mitigation, management and monitoring costs, annual operating and maintenance expenditures and any other costs identified for the specific project. The costs are allocated to the year of expenditure and expressed at constant prices. The financial analysis extends the costing to include taxes and duties, insurances, escalation, loan processing fees, interest during construction, capital repayment and interest on debt.
International goods are typically priced at their actual cost. The major inputs to the project are cement, steel, construction fuel, thermal generation fuel, labor and equipment.
12.2.2 Estimation of Project Benefits
For the economic analysis, the principal project benefits are revenues which can be derived from the operation of the project. For the estimation of salable energy generated from the project, transmission loss, self consumption and outages (scheduled & unscheduled) is assumed to be 3%. It is assumed that the commercial operation of the project is from November 2018.
Thermal power projects emit gases which contribute to the greenhouse gas effects, whereas hydropower projects are considered to be a clean source of energy in terms of air pollution and
12-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
emissions. An added benefit is thus attributed to hydropower projects by allocating a benefit equal to the equivalent amount of greenhouse gases that would be emitted by an equivalent thermal plant considering the quantity of CO2, SO2 and NOx emissions and proxies for the environmental cost of those emissions. As yet there is no mechanism to issue emission benefit credit to the developer, the emission benefit is not considered in the present financial analysis.
The energy generated by the project will be supplied to a distribution utility, Nepal Electricity Authority by entering into a power purchase agreement (PPA). NEA has published the following buying rates for the electricity generated from small plants (installed capacity up to 25 MW) in 2009:
For four dry season months (mid-Dec to mid-April) NRs 8.40/kWh For eight wet season months (mid-April to mid-Dec) NRs 4.80/kWh
The prices will be escalated at 3% per annum (on simple rate basis) for nine years from commercial operation date and will be flat thereafter.
For the projects bigger than 25 MW, the prevailing average energy price is around 6 USc/kWh. For the financial analysis, the principle project benefits are revenues, which can be derived from the operation of the project. Average energy is considered for financial analysis.
For this project the selling price of average energy is targeted to 4.50 NPr/kWh.
12.2.3 Construction Period
The project construction period will be four years. Cost disbursement will be as given in below:
Project Cost ( 7745.08 Million Rs.) Year Equity (30 %) Debt (70 %) 2015 (15 %) 348.5 813.2 2016 (35 %) 813.2 1897.5 2017 (40 %) 929.4 2168.6 2017 (10 %) 232.4 542.2 Total (100 %) 2323.5 5421.6
The major portions of the project cost are disbursed within the construction period. However,
12-3 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
annual cost including operation and maintenance cost is spread over the analysis duration. Similarly, the project benefits are received during the operation period only.
In the economic analysis, project costs and benefits are compared using discounted measured of project worth. Discounting is the technique used to convert a stream of benefits or costs to its Present Value to account for the time value of money. In general, three decision making tools are estimated during this analysis:
12.2.4 Calculation of Net Benefits
In the economic analysis, project costs and benefits are compared using discounted measures of project worth. This method uses discounting technique to convert a stream of benefits or costs to its net present value to account for the time value of money. In general, three discounted measures of project worth will be used in this analysis:
• the Net Present Value (NPV) is the present value of the incremental net benefit stream, that is, the sum of the discounted flow of project benefits net of project costs. In the analysis, all costs and benefits have been expressed in constant terms and discounted at 10 percent per annum in the reference case. A positive NPV indicates that the project generates benefits in excess of those required by the discount rate. A project with a positive NPV is, therefore, considered economically feasible.
• The Internal Rate of Return (IRR) is the discount corresponds to the zero NPV. That is the discounted rate at which the present value of the benefits equals the present value of costs. The IRR indicates the economic profitability of the investment project. The IRR is used to assess whether a project meets a minimum threshold or not. If the IRR is less than the discount rate, which has been used, the project is thought to be uneconomical, as the discounted benefits do not outweigh the discounted costs. Projects are attractive if the calculated IRR exceeds the cut-off-rate or opportunity cost of capital.
• The Benefit- Cost Ratio (B/C) is the ratio of the present value of the benefit stream to the present value of the cost stream. The B/C Ratio indicates the extent to which the discounted stream of benefits exceeds the discounted stream of costs. A ratio greater than one indicates that benefits exceed costs while a ratio that is less than one indicates that costs
12-4 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
exceed benefits.
• Specific Energy Cost is the ratio of discounted cost and the discounted energy within the economic life of the project. This indicates the long term average cost of the generation. Lower the value of specific energy cost, better the project is. In case of avoided cost method, the hydro project is considered to be feasible if the specific energy cost of the hydro project is lower than that of the alternative source of energy which is candidate thermal plant.
In the financial analysis, the main tool for the evaluation of the project is the return on equity. The project with minimum average tariff yielding desired return on equity is termed as financially viable project. Apart from this, the debt service ratio should be acceptable to the bankers.
12.3 Assumptions
The economic and financial evaluation is based on a number of key assumptions and parameters. A reference or base case for the economic and financial analysis was prepared and then sensitivity cases were prepared for the economic analysis. The principal criteria and parameters are discussed below.
12.3.1 Discount Rate
The discount rate is a key variable in any economic analysis. It is necessary parameter for obtaining time value of money to compare future costs and benefits in terms of today’s currency values. However, a discount rate is not an interest rate. It reflects not the borrower’s cost of capital but rather the social cost of capital; that is the social (economic) returns which are foregone by using the funds for the project under consideration rather than elsewhere in the economy. The reference discount rate or opportunity cost of capital selected for the study is 10%.
12.3.2 Cost Datum
All costs and benefits are expressed in constant prices (i.e., excluding general escalation).
12-5 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
12.3.3 Planning Horizon
The economic life of the project has been taken as 50 years. Replacement of electrical and mechanical components is considered after 25 years of operation. Costs and benefits may occur after the 50 year planning horizon, however, their inclusion will have little effect on the evaluation results because of the discounting procedures employed in the analysis.
For financial analysis, 25 years of commercial operation has been considered.
12.3.4 Operation and Maintenance Cost
It has been assumed that 1.5% of the project cost will be required annually to meet operation and maintenance cost including repair and replacement costs. This value has been derived from the experience of hydropower projects in the country. For financial evaluation, this cost will be escalated annually taking suitable inflation rates.
In addition, for the financial evaluation the following parameters are also considered:
12.3.5 Price Escalation
One of the major parameters to be considered in the financial evaluation is the price escalation. It is required to anticipate fund requirement at any given period. An escalation of 3 % per annum has been used for 9 years.
12.3.6 Taxes, Duties and VAT
Taxes, duties and VAT payable to the government or its bodies have to be considered in the financial evaluation. At present, the government charges 1 % custom duties for import of machinery and equipment for use in the project. However, as per prevailing regulations, no income tax concession has been provided.
12.3.7 Royalties
Royalties are payable to the government for natural resource usage. As per the prevailing Electricity Regulations, the following royalties are levied:
for the first fifteen years capacity royalty NRs 100 per kW of the installed capacity per year
12-6 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
energy royalty 2 % of energy sales revenue
from the sixteenth year onwards capacity royalty NRs 1000 per kW of the installed capacity per year energy royalty 10 % of energy sales revenue
12.3.8 Debt Equity
As hydropower projects are highly capital intensive, funds has to be obtained from various financial institutions like banks, credit organizations. It is also imperative that such a project could not be built solely on loans as the lender will require that the Developer also put some funds. Generally, loan portion of the cost varies from 60 to 85 %. For the present study, debt-equity ratio of 70:30 has been assumed.
12.3.9 Interest Rate
The loan amount will require some interest to be paid on the amount borrowed. The interest will be capitalized till the project starts producing revenue. Generally, the banks charge 8 to 12 % for such loans. For the present study, an interest rate of 10 % has been considered.
12.3.10 Loan Repayment Period
The debt portion will have a grace period equal to the construction period and the repayment starts after the revenue generation starts. It will take 6 to 10 years for total repayment of the loan for small projects and may extend to 15 - 20 years for larger projects. For this project, a loan repayment period of 8 years has been considered.
12.3.11 Other Charges
In addition, the banks may charge guarantee money for the loan provided, insurance charges, registration charges, if any, to be levied from the project. These charges are bank specific and are unknown at this stage. For this preliminary analysis, 1 % of financial cost has been considered to account for such expenses.
12-7 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
12.4 Economic Evaluation Result
With the assumptions stated above, economic analysis has been carried out. Cash flow series has been developed for the project economic life and the cash streams have been discounted to the first year of construction. Required economic indicators were then determined. The input parameters and results of economic analysis cash flow are shown in Table 12.3 and are summarized below:
Table 12.1: Result of Economic Analysis Net Present Value of the project 3,551 million NPr. Internal Rate of Return 15.36 B/C ratio 1.55 Specific Energy Cost 2.81 NPr/kWh
Sensitivity Analysis
In order to check the sensitivity of the economic indicators, analysis was carried considering different scenarios. The different scenarios considered are as follows:
Sensitivity Test (a) Discount Rate 8, 10, 12, 14 % (b) Project Cost - 10 % and + 10 %
The results of the sensitivity analysis are shown below:
Table 12.2: Result of Sensitivity analysis Disc Rate Cost Factor 8% 10% 12% 14% 10% -10%
PV Cost 6,978,878 6,418,430 5,982,289 5,625,708 7,060,273 5,776,587 PV Bene 13,238,669 9,979,006 7,780,492 6,227,184 9,969,567 9,969,567
NPV 6,234,828 3,551,137 1,794,570 600,054 2,909,294 4,192,980
B/C 1.89 1.55 1.30 1.11 1.41 1.73 IRR 15.36% 14.08% 16.87% Sp Cost 2.30 2.81 3.36 3.94 2.81 0.36
12-8 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
It is evident from the above table that the project is economically viable for all the cases. A graph of B/C ratio versus discount rate is depicted in Figure 12-1.
2.00 1.90 1.80 1.70 1.60 1.50 1.40 B/C ratio B/C 1.30 1.20 1.10 1.00 8% 9% 10% 11% 12% 13% 14% 15% Discount Rate
Figure 12-1: B/C Ratio vs Discount Rates
Table 12.3: Economic Analysis Detail Table
Capacity 42.00 MW IRR 15.36% Construction Cost Energy - GWh B/C 1.55 7,040,982 Firm 91.70 E&M Cost Energy - GWh NPV 3,551,137 1,757,868 Sec 236.04 Firm Secondary Energy Energy Total Year Constn Cost O&M Cost Total Cost Benefit Benefit Benefit N C F 1 1,056,147 - 1,056,147 - - - (1,056,147) 2 2,464,344 - 2,464,344 - - - (2,464,344) 3 2,816,393 - 2,816,393 - - - (2,816,393) 4 704,098 - 704,098 - - - (704,098)
5 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
6 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
7 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
8 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
9 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
10 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
11 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231 12 - 1,369,231
12-9 Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846
13 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
14 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
15 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
16 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
17 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
18 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
19 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
20 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
21 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
22 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
23 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
24 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
25 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
26 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
27 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
28 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
29 1,757,868 105,615 1,863,483 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 (388,637)
30 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
31 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
32 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
33 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
34 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
35 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
36 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
37 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
38 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
39 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
40 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
51 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
12-10 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
52 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
53 - 105,615 105,615 412,667 1,062,179 1,474,846 1,369,231
12.5 Financial Evaluation
A preliminary financial analysis was carried out as cash flow of revenue and expenditure. It has been assumed that debt equity ratio will be 70:30 with an interest rate of 10 % on debt. It was also assumed that the loan will have a grace period during construction and will be paid in twelve years from the start of commercial operation. Royalties and taxes, if applicable, have been deducted from the revenue to derive net cash flow. Escalation factors based on price index has also been considered. The assumptions and results of the financial analysis are shown in Table 12.4.
The analysis showed that the project gives return on equity is 17.23 % for a loan interest rate of 10% and repayment period of 8 years for a debt-equity ratio of 70:30. So the project can be termed financially viable.
Figure 12.2 shows the relation between interest rate and rate of return for the base case of energy price.
20%
18% 17.23%
16%
14% FIRR
12%
10%
8% 8% 9% 10% 11% 12% 13% 14% 15% 16%
Loan Interest Rate
Figure 12-2: Interest Rate vs FIRR
12-11 Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Table12.4: Financial Analysis Data and Result Basic Data Base Year 2015 Project Economic Cost 704.10 Crores NRs O&M Cost 1.50% Construction Period 4 Years Start Year of Construction 2015 Financial Factors Insurance Charges 1.0% of Total Financial Cost Cost Price Escalation 3% per year Financial Costs Total Project Cost with Inflation 715.94 Crores NRs Interest During Construction 112.77 Crores NRs Total Project Cost with IDC 828.72 Crores NRs Loan Debt : Equity 70 : 30 Loan Amount 493.75 Crores NRs Interest During Construction 10.00% Repayment Period 8 years Energy Production Installed Capacity 42.00 MW Firm or Dry Season 94.54 GWh Secondary or Wet Season 243.34 GWh Energy Prices Energy Benefit Firm or Dry Season 4.5000 NRs/kWh Secondary or Wet Season 4.5000 NRs/kWh Base Year for Energy Pricing 2019 Escalation of Energy Prices 3% Number of years for above escalation 9 Energy Price after 9 years Dry Season Energy Price 5.7150 NRs/kWh Wet Season Energy Price 5.7150 NRs/kWh
Results Financial Rate of Return 17.23%
12-12 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP
Chapter 13: Conclusions and Recommendations
Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is being proposed as a cascade development project of Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project and is located immediately downstream of Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project (60 MW). After slide modification of tailrace pond of Upper Trisuli 3A HEP, the same tailrace pond has been adopted as the head pond of Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. The powerhouse of Upper Trisuli 3B HEP is located approximately 1 km upstream of the confluence of Salankhu Khola and Trishuli River and 3 km north of the Betrawati Bazar.. Most of the relevant basic project parameters of Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project has been adopted in Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. These include the monthly flow data, the flood data, the design discharge and the rating curve at the interface of the two projects. Other parameters has been calculated independently for this project.
No plant capacity optimization has been done for Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. The
design discharge 51 m3/s applied for Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project has been used for Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project as well. This flow comes under 70 % exceedance flow for the intake site of Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project. All energy calculations for Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project has been based on monthly flows and the flow through Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project. Power and energy calculations indicate that the Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project will have an installed capacity of 42 MW and will generate approximately 94.54 GWh during the dry season and 243.34 GWh during the wet season with a net head of 95.13 m.
Immediately after the head pond, the water conveyance is carried out by the headrace pipe to the tunnel intake. The length of the headrace pipe is 384.27 m up to the tunnel intake. The headrace tunnel is approximately 3744.69 m long and has four bends and intersect two major Kholsi as shown in layout plan. The optimized diameter of the tunnel is 5.5 m (circular, 52.5%) concrete lined and 6.6 m (Horseshoe, 46.4% ) in shotcrete lined. The surge shaft will be located on the hillside above the powerhouse and will have a finished diameter of 15 m. An underground valve chamber is located at 31.3 m downstream of the surge tank. The length of the pressure tunnel after surge 13-1 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited
Detail Project Report of UT3B HEP tank to drop shaft is 98.17 m including valve chamber cavern. Total length of vertical shaft is 69.07 m including the bends. The horizontal pressure tunnel from the end of drop shaft to the penstock bifurcation is 181.65 m. The thickness of steel lined is 18 mm along the horizontal pressure tunnel. The surface powerhouse is located approximately 1.2 km upstream of the confluence of Salankhu Khola and Trishuli Rivers. The Trisuli 3B hub substation 220/132 kV is under construction, 3km north of the powerhouse site and will be used for power evacuation. The project construction will require a period of nearly 4 years and can be completed in middle of the year 2018.
Based on the detailed project study, the total cost of the project is 7040.98 Million Npr. This project has a B/C ratio of 1.55, an financial internal rate of return of 17.23 % and specific energy cost of the project is 2.81 cents/kWh at 4.50 Npr per unit selling price of energy.
As Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is a downstream cascade development of Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project, it is envisaged that it will be implemented parallel to the upstream project. Much of the infrastructure and all of the preparatory works proposed for Upper Trishuli 3A Hydroelectric Project are already in place prior to the implementation of Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. This creates a very favorable situation for the construction of Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project. In addition to this, no headworks structures, desander or river diversion works and less transmission line will be required for this project.
Based on the above parameters, Upper Trishuli 3B Hydroelectric Project is technically and financially a very attractive project. It is hence recommended that this project should be expedited in order to meet the power/energy demand of the country at the earliest.
13-2 Trisuli Jalvidyut Company Limited